289
Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ Installation Technical Data

Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Technical Data manualfor Cube67 and Cube67+

Installation

Technical Data

Page 2: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 2

Publisher's Note

Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ (Article Numbers: see following pages)

Version 2.5

Edition 05_11 EN

Manual Number 56971

Murrelektronik GmbH

Falkenstraße 3

D-71570 Oppenweiler

Phone +49 (0) 7191 47-0

Fax +49 (0) 7191 47-130

[email protected]

Page 3: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 3

System / Bus Node ModulesCube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P

Art. No. 56 502 Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 504 Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 505 Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 507 Cube67 BN-DN V2 Art. No. 56 531 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid

Cube67+ Bus Node Art. No. 56521 Cube67+ BN-P Cube20 Modules Art. No. 56 450 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Cube67 Modules Art. No. 56 600 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12

Art. No. 56 601 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 602 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 603 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 605 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 Art. No. 56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 610 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 612 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 613 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 620 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 622 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 623 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN Art. No. 56 631 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A Art. No. 56 640 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A Art. No. 56 641 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) Art. No. 56 650 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 Art. No. 56 651 Cube67 DO16 E Valve Art. No. 56 653 Cube67 DO16 E MAC Art. No. 56 655 Cube67 DO8 E Valve Art. No. 56 656 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A Art. No. 56 600 2 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / 2m Art. No. 56 657 Cube67 DO32 E MAC Art. No. 56 661 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable Art. No. 56 610 0 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 2m Art. No. 56 662 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 663 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5° Art. No. 56 671 Cube67 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 681 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box Art. No. 56 691 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail Art. No. 56 700 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 701 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 710 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 720 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 721 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 730 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 731 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) Art. No. 56 740 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 741 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD Art. No. 56 748 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH Art. No. 56 749 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH Art. No. 56 750 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 Art. No. 56 760 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12

Page 4: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 4

Art. No. 56 771 Cube67 Logic 4xM12 Art. No. 56 955 Cube67 PD 7/8" Art. No. 56 960 Cube67 Repeater PROFIBUS DP Art. No. 56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN Art. No. 56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN

Cube67+ Modules Art. No. 56 752 CUBE67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12

Art. No. 56 761 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 765 CUBE67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 Customer-specific Cube67 Modules

Art. No. 56 665 00 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Art. No. 56 601 50 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 601 51 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 611 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 621 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA Art. No. 56 626 50 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN VA Art. No. 56 603 50 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 701 50 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA Art. No. 56 720 50 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 730 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA Art. No. 56 740 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA Art. No. 56 748 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA Art. No. 56 651 00 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 600 1 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV 1.4m Art. No. 56 650 03 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 Art. No. 56 651 01 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V Art. No. 56 651 10 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 Art. No. 56 651 11 Cube67 DO16 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 651 12 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 B Art. No. 56 651 13 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC Art. No. 56 651 14 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC M27 Art. No. 56 651 15 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 C Art. No. 56 651 16 Cube67 DO16 E Valve MAC Art. No. 56 651 51 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV VA Art. No. 56 651 52 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC VA Art. No. 56 681 00 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK Art. No. 56 655 00 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 655 01 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV(9) Art. No. 56 656 00 Cube67 DO24 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 656 01 Cube67 DO24 E Valve MPA Art. No. 56 656 02 Cube67 DO32 E Valve HF03 Art. No. 56 656 03 Cube67 DO32 E Valve VM10 Art. No. 56 656 04 Cube67 DO23 E Valve SMC Art. No. 56 656 05 Cube67 DO22 E Valve CPA Art. No. 56 656 06 Cube67 DO24 E Valve HF04 Art. No. 56 656 07 Cube67 DO24 E Valve SMC M27 Art. No. 56 656 09 Cube67 DO32 E Valve MAC Art. No. 56 656 10 Cube67 DO32 E Valve Vesta Art. No. 56 656 11 Cube67 DO22 E Valve Vesta Art. No. 56 665 00 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Art. No. 56 600 0 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID 1.2m

Page 5: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 5

Service and Support

Website:

www.murrelektronik.com

In addition, our Customer Service Center (CSC) will be glad to assist you:

Our Customer Service Center can support you throughout your project in the planning and

conception of customer applications, configuration, installation, and startup. We also offer competent

consulting or - in more complex cases - we even provide direct onsite support.

The Customer Service Center provides support tools. It performs measurements for fieldbus systems,

such as PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet, CANopen, and AS interface, as well as energy, heat, and EMC

measurements.

Our coworkers at the Customer Service Center provide their competence, know-how, and years of

experience. They are knowledgeable about hardware and software, and compatibility with products

made by various manufacturers.

You can contact the Customer Service Center at

telephone number +49 (0) 71 91 47-424

or by email at [email protected].

Page 6: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 6

About the User Manual and its Structure

Page 7: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 7

The following links will provide you with more information on bus systems, as well as the standards

and specifications on which they are based:

>>> PROFIBUS (www.PROFIBUS.com)

>>> PROFINET (www.profinet.com)

>>> EtherNet/IP (www.odva.org)

>>> DeviceNet (www.odva.org)

Page 8: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 8

>>> EtherCAT (www.ethercat.org)

>>> CANopen (www.can-cia.org)

>>> IO-Link IO link (www.io-link IO link.com)

Page 9: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 9

Table of Contents

Publisher's Note ....................................................................................................................................... 2

Service and Support ................................................................................................................................ 5

About the User Manual and its Structure ................................................................................................. 6

Table of Contents ..................................................................................................................................... 9

Important Information ............................................................................................................................. 23

1. Installation .......................................................................................................................................... 25

1.1 Assembly instructions .................................................................................................................. 25

1.1.1 Base and mounting position .................................................................................................. 25

1.1.2 Number of components ......................................................................................................... 26

1.1.2.1 Cube67............................................................................................................................ 26

1.1.2.2 Cube67+ ......................................................................................................................... 26

1.1.2.3 Cube20............................................................................................................................ 27

1.1.3 Spacing .................................................................................................................................. 27

1.1.4 Length of lines ....................................................................................................................... 28

1.1.4.1 Cube67............................................................................................................................ 28

1.1.4.2 Cube67+ ......................................................................................................................... 28

1.1.4.3 Cube20............................................................................................................................ 28

1.1.5 Module dimensions ................................................................................................................ 29

1.1.6 Mounting positions ................................................................................................................. 31

1.2 Mounting the Cube67 Bus Node .................................................................................................. 34

1.2.1 Mounting the Cube67 bus node basic module ...................................................................... 34

1.2.2 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate................................................................. 35

1.2.3 Connect functional earth to the Cube67 bus node ................................................................ 36

1.2.4 Mounting the cap of the Cube67 bus node ........................................................................... 37

1.2.5 Example mounting BN Cube67 ............................................................................................. 38

1.3 Mounting the Cube67+ Bus Node ................................................................................................ 39

1.3.1 Mounting the Cube67+ bus node .......................................................................................... 39

1.3.2 Connect functional earth to the Cube67+ bus node .............................................................. 40

Page 10: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 10

1.3.3 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate................................................................. 41

1.3.4 Example mounting BN Cube67+ ........................................................................................... 42

1.4 Mounting the Cube67 I/O modules .............................................................................................. 43

1.4.1 Mounting the module ............................................................................................................. 43

1.4.2 Connecting functional earth ................................................................................................... 44

1.5 Mounting the Cube20 connection and the Cube20 I/O modules ................................................. 47

1.6 Connections ................................................................................................................................. 48

1.6.1 Bus node................................................................................................................................ 48

1.6.1.1 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P (Art. No. 56 501) .............................................. 48

1.6.1.2 Overview of connections Cube67+ BN-P (Art. No. 56 521) ........................................... 49

1.6.1.3 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN (Art. No. 56 502) .......................................... 50

1.6.1.4 Overview of connection Cube67 BN-C (Art. No. 56 504) ............................................... 51

1.6.1.5 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-E (Art. No. 56 505) .............................................. 52

1.6.1.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN V2 (Art. No. 56 507)..................................... 53

1.6.1.7 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid (Art. No. 56 531) .................................. 54

1.6.2 I/O modules Cube67 and Cube67+ ....................................................................................... 56

1.6.2.1 Overview of connections Cube67 DI / DIO 8xM12 ......................................................... 56

1.6.2.2 External actuator supply Art. No. 56 600 (Art. No. 56640) ............................................. 57

1.6.2.3 Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 ............................................ 58

1.6.2.4 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) ............................. 59

1.6.2.5 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 (Art. No. 56 602) .............................. 60

1.6.2.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 (Art. No. 56 605) ............. 61

1.6.2.7 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12, DI8 C 4xM12 .................................. 62

1.6.2.8 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12, DI8 E 4xM12 .................................. 62

1.6.2.9 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 620) ............................... 63

1.6.2.10 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 621) and Cube67 DIO8 E

8xM8 VA (Art. No. 56 62150) ...................................................................................................... 64

1.6.2.11 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 622) ................................ 65

1.6.2.12 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 623) ................................ 66

1.6.2.13 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO16 CValve K3 (Art. No. 56 650) ........................ 67

1.6.2.14 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 650) .................................................................... 68

Page 11: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 11

1.6.2.15 Overview of connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve, DO8 E Valve, (DO22 E Valve, DO23

E Valve, DO24 E Valve), DO32 Valve, DIO8 Cable, DIO16 E Cable 0,5A ................................ 71

1.6.2.16 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A (Art. No. 56 663) ...................... 72

1.6.2.17 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box (Art. No. 56 681) ........................................ 73

1.6.2.18 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100 .............................. 74

1.6.2.19 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail (Art. No. 56 691) ........................................ 75

1.6.2.20 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 700) ....................... 76

1.6.2.21 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 701) and Cube67 AI4

E 4xM12 (U) VA (Art. No. 56 70150) .......................................................................................... 77

1.6.2.22 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) (Art. No. 56 710) ...................... 78

1.6.2.23 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) Art. No. 56 711 ........................ 79

1.6.2.24 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 720) and Cube67 AO4

C 4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 72050) ............................................................................................ 80

1.6.2.25 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721 ........................ 81

1.6.2.26 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 730) and Cube67 AI4 C

4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 73050) ............................................................................................... 82

1.6.2.27 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731 .......................... 83

1.6.2.28 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 740) and Cube67 AI4

C 4xM12 RTD VA (Art. No. 56 74050) ........................................................................................ 84

1.6.2.29 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 741) ....................... 85

1.6.2.30 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH (Art. No. 56 748) and Cube67 AI4

C 4xM12 TH VA (Art. No. 56 74850) .......................................................................................... 86

1.6.2.31 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH – Art. No. 56 749 ........................ 87

1.6.2.32 Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 750) .......................... 88

1.6.2.33 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 (Art.No. 56 760) ................ 89

1.6.2.34 Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 761) ........................... 90

1.6.2.35 Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 771) .......................... 91

1.6.2.36 Overview of connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955 ........................................ 92

1.6.3 I/O (IP20) modules with pluggable terminals ......................................................................... 93

1.6.3.1 Overview of Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 ............................................................... 93

1.6.4 Customer-specific Modules ................................................................................................... 94

1.7 Wiring ........................................................................................................................................... 95

Page 12: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 12

1.7.1 Digital I/O with M12 connection ............................................................................................. 96

1.7.2 Digital I/O modules with M8 connection ................................................................................ 98

1.7.3 M16 connection ................................................................................................................... 100

1.7.4 Analog I/O Modules ............................................................................................................. 101

1.7.5 I/O modules with field-wireable connection ......................................................................... 102

1.7.5.1 Terminal Block Box / Rail (Art. No. 56 681 / 56 691) .................................................... 102

1.7.5.2 DO16 Valve Art. No. 56 651 ......................................................................................... 104

1.7.5.3 DO8 Valve Art. No. 56 651 and DIO8 Cable Art. No.56 661 ........................................ 104

1.7.5.4 DO32 Valve Art. No. 56 656 ......................................................................................... 105

1.7.5.5 Connecting the Sens cable art. no. 56651, 56655 und 56656 ..................................... 106

1.7.5.6 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662 ............................................................................ 106

1.7.6 Auxiliary supply Cube67 PD 7/8“ – Art. No. 56 955 ............................................................ 107

1.7.7 Internal system connection .................................................................................................. 108

1.7.8 Internal System Connection Terminations .......................................................................... 109

1.7.9 External actuator supply (only Art. No. 56 600 und 56640) ................................................ 110

1.7.10 Cap of the bus node .......................................................................................................... 111

1.7.10.1 Connecting the 7/8" power connector ......................................................................... 111

1.7.10.2 Bus connection ........................................................................................................... 112

2. Technical Data ................................................................................................................................. 113

2.1 Cube67 BN-P – Art. No. 56 501 ................................................................................................. 113

2.1.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 113

2.1.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 114

2.1.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 114

2.2 Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521 ................................................................................................. 116

2.2.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 116

2.2.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 117

2.2.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 117

2.3 Cube67 BN-P – Art. No. 56 502 , BN-DN – Art. No. 56 507 ...................................................... 119

2.3.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 119

2.3.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 120

Page 13: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 13

2.3.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 120

2.4 Cube67 BN-C – Art. No. 56 504 ................................................................................................. 122

2.4.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 122

2.4.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 123

2.4.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 123

2.5 Cube67 BN-E – Art. No. 56 505 ................................................................................................. 125

2.5.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 125

2.5.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 126

2.5.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 126

2.6 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid – Art. No. 56 531 ..................................................................................... 128

2.6.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 128

2.6.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 129

2.6.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 129

2.7 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 – Art. No. 56 450 ....................................................................................... 131

2.7.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 131

2.7.2 Mechanical Data .................................................................................................................. 132

2.7.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 133

2.8 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600 ............................................................................... 134

2.8.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 134

2.8.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 135

2.8.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 135

2.9 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 601, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 60150 137

2.9.1 Dimension drawing .............................................................................................................. 137

2.9.2 Mechanical data .................................................................................................................. 138

2.9.3 Electrical data ...................................................................................................................... 138

2.10 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602 ................................................................................ 140

2.10.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 140

2.10.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 141

2.10.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 141

2.11 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 603 ................................................................................ 143

Page 14: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 14

2.11.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 143

2.11.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 144

2.11.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 145

2.12 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605 ................................................................ 146

2.12.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 146

2.12.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 147

2.12.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 148

2.13 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606 ........................................................................ 149

2.13.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 149

2.13.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 150

2.13.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 151

2.14 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610 ............................................................................... 152

2.14.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 152

2.14.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 153

2.14.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 153

2.15 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 - Art.No. 56 611; Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 61150

155

2.15.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 155

2.15.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 156

2.15.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 156

2.16 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612 .................................................................................. 158

2.16.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 158

2.16.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 159

2.16.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 160

2.17 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613 .................................................................................. 161

2.17.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 161

2.17.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 162

2.17.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 163

2.18 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616 .......................................................................... 164

2.18.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 164

2.18.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 165

Page 15: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 15

2.18.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 166

2.19 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 620 ................................................................................. 167

2.19.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 167

2.19.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 168

2.19.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 168

2.20 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 .............................................................................................................. 170

2.20.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 170

2.20.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 171

2.20.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 171

2.21 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622 .................................................................................... 173

2.21.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 173

2.21.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 174

2.21.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 175

2.22 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623 .................................................................................... 176

2.22.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 176

2.22.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 177

2.22.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 178

2.23 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626 ............................................................................ 179

2.23.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 179

2.23.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 180

2.23.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 181

2.24 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 .......................................................................... 182

2.24.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 182

2.24.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 183

2.24.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 183

2.25 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 ..................................................................... 185

2.25.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 185

2.25.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 186

2.25.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 186

2.26 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641 ................................................... 188

Page 16: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 16

2.26.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 188

2.26.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 189

2.26.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 189

2.27 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 – Art. No. 56 650 ........................................................................... 191

2.27.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 191

2.27.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 192

2.27.3 Electrical data .................................................................................................................... 193

2.28 Cube67 DO16 E Valve - Art. No. 56 651; DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100;

DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101; DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110;

DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111; DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112;

DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150; DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151 ........... 194

2.28.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 194

2.28.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 195

2.28.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 195

2.29 Cube67 DO8 E Valve – Art. No. 56 655 , DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500, DO8 E

Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501 197

2.29.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 197

2.29.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 198

2.29.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 199

2.30 Cube67 DO32 E Valve – Art. No. 56 656; DO24 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65600;

DO24 E Valve MPA – Art. No. 56 65601; DO32 E Valve HF03 – Art. No. 56 65602;

DO32 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65601; DO32 E Valve HF03 – Art. No. 56 65602;

DO32 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65605; DO24 E Valve HF04 – Art. No. 56 65606;

DO24 E Valve SMC M27 – Art. No. 56 65607 200

2.30.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 200

2.30.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 201

2.30.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 202

2.31 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661; DIO8 E Cable 2m – 5666100; DIO8 E Cable M12

ID – 56 66500 203

2.31.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 203

2.31.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 204

2.31.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 204

2.32 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662 ....................................................................... 206

Page 17: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 17

2.32.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 206

2.32.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 207

2.32.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 207

2.33 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 .......................................................................... 209

2.33.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 209

2.33.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 210

2.33.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 210

2.34 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681; DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100

212

2.34.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 212

2.34.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 213

2.34.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 214

2.35 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 ........................................................................ 216

2.35.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 216

2.35.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 217

2.35.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 217

2.36 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700 ............................................................................ 219

2.36.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 219

2.36.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 220

2.36.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 220

2.37 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701; AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA– Art. No. 56 70150 ...... 222

2.37.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 222

2.37.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 223

2.37.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 223

2.38 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 ........................................................................... 225

2.38.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 225

2.38.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 226

2.38.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 226

2.39 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711 ........................................................................... 228

2.39.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 228

2.39.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 229

Page 18: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 18

2.39.3 Elektrical Data ................................................................................................................... 229

2.40 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720; AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050 .... 231

2.40.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 231

2.40.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 232

2.40.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 232

2.41 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721 ............................................................................ 234

2.41.1 Dimension drawings .......................................................................................................... 234

2.41.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 235

2.41.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 235

2.42 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730; AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050 ....... 237

2.42.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 237

2.42.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 238

2.42.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 238

2.43 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731 .............................................................................. 240

2.43.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 240

2.43.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 241

2.43.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 241

2.44 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA– Art.

No. 56 74050 .................................................................................................................................... 243

2.44.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 243

2.44.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 244

2.44.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 244

2.45 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741 .......................................................................... 246

2.45.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 246

2.45.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 247

2.45.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 247

2.46 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art.

No. 56 74850 249

2.46.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 249

2.46.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 250

2.46.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 250

Page 19: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 19

2.47 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH – Art. No. 56 749 ............................................................................. 252

2.47.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 252

2.47.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 253

2.47.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 253

2.48 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750 ............................................................................... 255

2.48.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 255

2.48.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 256

2.48.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 256

2.49 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 ................................................................... 258

2.49.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 258

2.49.2 Mechanical Data ................................................................................................................ 259

2.49.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 259

2.50 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12– Art. No. 56 760 ..................................................................... 261

2.50.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 261

2.50.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 262

2.50.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 262

2.51 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761 .......................................................... 264

2.51.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 264

2.51.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 265

2.51.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 265

2.52 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765 ................................................................... 268

2.52.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 268

2.53 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771 ............................................................................... 272

2.53.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 272

2.53.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 273

2.53.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 273

2.54 Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955 ........................................................................................... 275

2.54.1 Dimension drawing ............................................................................................................ 275

2.54.2 Mechanical data ................................................................................................................ 276

2.54.3 Electrical Data ................................................................................................................... 276

Page 20: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 20

3. Accessories ...................................................................................................................................... 278

3.1 General accessories .................................................................................................................. 278

3.2 Cables ........................................................................................................................................ 281

4. Table of Figures ............................................................................................................................... 284

5. Index of Tables ................................................................................................................................ 287

Legal Provisions ................................................................................................................................... 288

Page 21: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 21

Supplements / Corrections

Version Chapter Supplement / correction Date / name 1.0 Compilation 04/24/03 / Hinze 1.1 New modules 07/29/03 / Grofik 1.2 Added 56740 and Chap. 2.5.5.4 12/04/03 / Grofik 1.3 2.5.5.1 Correction + new modules 11/05/04 M.H. / Grofik 1.4 New Modules 56 531, 56 650 04/04/05 M.H./Wei 1.5 New module 56 662 09/15/05 1.6 New modules 07/17/06 / M.H./Gro. 1.7 Correction (56 662) 02/05/07 / M.H./Gro 1.8

1 3.10.2 3.10.3 3.10.3

Instruction on safety category 3 Vibration 1 g, shock 15g Interference strength class A Nominal current

10.08.07 / ri/vk

1.9

2.1.4 2.1.5 2.4.2.14 3.29 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.4.2.3 3.24 Introduction 1 2.1.4 2.4.1.3 2.4.1.4 2.4.1.5 2.4.2.6 2.4.2.14 2.4.3 2.5.10.2 3.2.3 ! 4.1

Module 5666100 new Module 56641 new (C Wide) Changes by CSC Art. No. updated Ethernet/IP Table updated Run, Error Rotary switch Link/Run, CfgF Art. 56612 DI8 entered twice Table updated Table updated Why two HDB DN Input bytes ProfiNet node removed Terminating resistors / locking screws

05/20/08 7 ber/ ri 05/27/08 wol/ ri 05/30/08 / csc/ ri

2.0

Introduction Module 56721 Cube67+ BN-P Modul 56752 IOL distribution box

04/17/09 /vk / ri

2.1 Module 56450 Cube20 BN67

06/04/09 / vk / ri

2.2 Module 56 761 Cube67+ RS 02/05/10 7 ri/sturm

Page 22: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 22

2.3

New modules: 56 711, 56 721, 56 731, 56 741, 56 749 Data format (according to the onlinecatalog): 56700 15 Bit plus sign 56701 15 Bit plus sign 56710 11 Bit 56711 11 Bit 56720 11 Bit 56721 11 Bit 56730 15 Bit 56731 15 Bit 56740 15 Bit plus sign 56741 15 Bit plus sign 56748 15 Bit plus sign 56749 15 Bit plus sign

07.05.2010 / ri/sturm

2.4 Adaption to DE, EMC Adaption and new standards

24.08.2010 sturm/ri

Notes:

Page 23: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 23

Important Information

Symbols and Icons

This manual contains information and instructions you must comply with in order to maintain safety and

avoid personal injury or damage to property. They are identified as follows:

Notes indicate important information.

Warnings contain information that, if you ignore this information, may cause

damage to equipment or other assets or, if you fail to comply with safety precautions, may constitute a danger to the user's health and life.

These instructions are recommendations issued by Murrelektronik.

Intended Purpose

Read this manual carefully before startup of the equipment. Keep it in a location that is accessible to all

users at all times.

The products that are described in this manual were developed, manufactured, tested, and documented

in compliance with the relevant safety standards. In normal cases, these products do not constitute any

danger to persons or objects, provided the handling specifications and safety instructions described in

this manual are observed.

They meet the requirements of the EMC directive (2004/108/EEC).

WARNING!

Devices from the IMPACT20 series are not safety devices conforming to the

relevant standards.

Do not use the OFF state of the outputs to implement safety-related requirements of the system/machine.

Page 24: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 24

The products are designed for industrial use. An industrial environment is defined as one in which loads

are not connected directly to the public low-voltage power grid. Additional measures must be taken if the

products are used in private, business, or trade environments.

The safe, troublefree functioning of the products requires proper transportation, storage, mounting, and

installation, and careful operation. Operation of the devices for their intended purposes is only guaranteed

when the enclosures are fully mounted. If aggressive media are used, check their material resistance

depending on the application.

Current safety and accident prevention laws valid for a specific application must be observed for the

configuration, installation, setup, maintenance, and testing of the devices. The power supply must

correspond to SELV or PELV standards. Power sources in accordance with EN 61558-2-6 (transformer)

or EN 60950-1 (switched-mode power supply) meet these requirements.

Only use cables that meet the requirements and regulations for safety, electromagnetic compatibility, and,

if necessary, telecommunications terminal equipment specifications.

Information on the cables and accessories that are suitable for use with this

product are contained in the Appendix to this manual.

Qualified Personnel

Only qualified, trained electricians knowledgeable in the safety standards of automation systems may

configure, install, set up, maintain, and test the devices. The requirements concerning qualified personnel

are dependent on the requirements profiles described in ZVEI and VDMA. For this reason, electricians

must know the contents of the manual "Weiterbildung in der Automatisierung" (Further Training in

Automation Systems) published by ZVEI and VDMA published by Maschinenbau-Verlag, Post Box

710864, 60498 Frankfurt, Germany) before installing and maintaining the devices. These are specialists

who are capable of assessing the work to be done and the possible dangers on account of their technical

training, knowledge, experience, and knowledge of the relevant standards; or who have an identical level

of knowledge equivalent to technical training since they have worked in the same area for many years.

Only Murrelektronik technical personnel are allowed to execute work on the hardware and software of our

devices, if they are devices not described in this manual.

ATTENTION:

Unqualified tampering with the hardware or software, or failure to observe the

warnings cited in this manual may result in severe personal injury or damage to property.

Page 25: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 25

1. Installation

1.1 Assembly instructions

1.1.1 Base and mounting position

The modules of the Cube67 series can be attached directly to an installation panel or a machine. Two

mounting holes are provided for this purpose.

Before attaching the module, it must be assured that the mounting surface is smooth and flat to prevent

mechanical stress in the module housing.

There are no resctrictions regarding the module positioning.

When using a Cube20 BN67, our Cube20 connection, please observe the Cube20 assembly instructions.

Fig. 1: Mounting position

Page 26: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 26

1.1.2 Number of components

1.1.2.1 Cube67

Max. 16 expansion modules per bus node are possible.

You can connect a maximum of 4 expansion modules to each of the 4 bus node connections.

The slots 0,1,2,3 are freely selectable.

1.1.2.2 Cube67+

Max. 20 expansion modules per bus node are possible. (10 per 2x segment)

The modules can be connected to the segments in any arrangement, however, not more than 10 modules

per segment.

The sockets 0,1,2,3 are used according to their order.

Attention! Unused sockets have to be fitted with a terminating resistor!

Fig. 2: Cube67+

Page 27: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 27

1.1.2.3 Cube20

Up to 3 expansion modules can be connected to a Cube67 to Cube20 system expansion. The parts are

linked together by connecting the ribbon cable.

Fig. 3: Cube20

1.1.3 Spacing

We recommend observing the minimum spacing according to Tab. 1: to ensure correct installation of

Cube67 and Cube67+.

Tab. 1: Minimum Spacing for Assembly

Minimum spacing A B

Connector straight 3 mm 3 mm

Connector 90° 50 mm 50 mm

Fig. 4: Minimum spacings

0

1

3

2

4

5

7

6

0

1

3

2

4

5

7

6

A B

Page 28: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 28

For mounting Cube20 BN67

Fig. 5: Minimum spacings

1.1.4 Length of lines

1.1.4.1 Cube67

The maximum line length is 5 m. (Without MICO or other devices that switch off selectively)

The maximum line length is 10 m. (With circuit protection by MICO or other devices that switch off

selectively)

1.1.4.2 Cube67+

The maximum segment length is 30 m.

The lengths within the line are freely selectable, however, the sum per segment must not exceed 30 m.

1.1.4.3 Cube20

The extension of the Cube20 BN67 depends on the Cube67 or Cube67+ system.

Page 29: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 29

1.1.5 Module dimensions

Art. No. Description Mouning height [mm]

Installation width [mm]

Mounting depth1 [mm]

Bus node 56 501 Cube67 BN-P 151 50 51 56 502 Cube67 BN-DN 151 50 51 56 507 Cube67 BN-DN V2 151 50 51 56 504 Cube67 BN-C 151 50 51 56 505 Cube67 BN-E 151 50 51 56 521 Cube67+ BN-P 151 62 40.5 56 531 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid 151 50 51 Modules 56 450 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 116.5 56 46.5 56 117 Cube20 DO16 116,5 56 46,5 For more Cube20 expansions please

refer to the Cube20 System Manual (Art. No. 56030)!

56 600 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 126 50 35 56 601 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 126 50 35 56 602 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 126 50 35 56 603 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 126 50 35 56 605 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 126 50 35 56 606 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN 126 50 35 56 610 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 126 30 35 56 611 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 151 30 35 56 612 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 126 30 35 56 613 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 151 30 35 56 616 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN 151 30 35 56 620 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 126 30 35 56 621 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 151 30 35 56 622 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 126 30 35 56 623 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 151 30 35 56 626 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN 151 30 35 56 631 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1ª 151 30 35 56 640 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6ª 126 50 35 56 641 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) 151 116 35 56 650 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 151 30 35+ 56 65003 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 151 30 35 56 651 Cube67 DO16 E Valve 151 30 35 56653 Cube67 DO16 E MAC (0.5A) 124 36 40 56 655 Cube67 DO8 E Valve 151 30 35

1The mounting depth is without connected cables. Please consider also the bend radius of the cables.

Page 30: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 30

Art. No. Description Mouning height [mm]

Installation width [mm]

Mounting depth1 [mm]

56 656 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5° 151 30 35 56 6002 Cube67 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / with 2m 151 30 35 56 657 Cube67 DO32 E MAC 124 36 40 56 661 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 151 30 35 5666100 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable 2m 151 30 35 56 662 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5ª 151 30 35 56 663 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5° 151 30 35 Modules 56 671 Cube67 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A 151 30 35 56 681 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box 130 94 81 56 691 Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail 113 54 45 56 700 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) 126 30 35 56 701 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) 151 30 35 56 710 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) 126 30 35 56 720 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) 126 30 35 56 730 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) 126 30 35 56 740 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD 126 30 35 56 748 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH 126 30 35 56 750 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 126 30 35 56 752 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 126 50 35 56 760 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 126 30 35 56 761 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 151 30 35 56 765 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 126 50 35 56 771 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 151 30 35 56 955 Cube67 PD 7/8" 151 30 35 56 960 Cube67 Repeater PROFIBUS DP 151 30 35

Tab. 2: Overview Module Dimensions

For dimension drawings see chapter Fehler! Verweisquelle konnte nicht gefunden

werden. Technical Data.

Page 31: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 31

1.1.6 Mounting positions

Cube67 Bus Node bottom part Cube67+ bus node Art. No.: 56 501, 56 502, 56 504, 56 505,

56 507, 56 531 Art. No.: 56 521

A

A

A Mounting hole A Mounting hole B Mounting hole and functional earth

Cube20 connectionArt. No.:

56 450, 56 117

A DIN rail mounting

Page 32: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 32

8xM12 Modules 4xM12 ModulesArt. No.:

56 600, 56 601, 56 602, 56 603, 56 640, 56 605, 56 606, 56 752 56 765

Art. No.: 56 610, 56 611, 56 612, 56 613, 56 616, 56 631, 56 700, 56 701, 56 710, 56 720, 56 730, 56 740,56 748, 56 750, 56 760, 56 761, 56 771

B

C

A

C

A

BB

A Mounting hole under the label plate A Mounting hole under the label plate B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth C Additional mounting hole (optionally)

8xM8 Modules 16xM12 Modules Art. No.: 56 620, 56 621, 56 622,

56 623, 56 626 Art. No.: 56 641

A

BB

A Mounting hole under the label plate A Mounting hole

B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth

Page 33: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 33

Power distributor 4xM12 Valve, CableArt. No.: 56 955 Art. No.: 56 650, 56 65003, 56 651, 56 655,

56 656, 56 661, 56 662, 56 663; 5666100

B

A

Out

US UAIn

++49(0) 719147-0

Cube67DO16 E ValveArt.-No. 56651

Diag

A

B B

A Mounting hole A Mounting hole under the label plate B Mounting hole and functional earth B Mounting hole and functional earth Terminal Block Box Terminal Block Rail Art. No.: 56 681 Art. No.: 56 691

In Out

A

A

A

A

++49(0)719147-0

Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Box

Art.-No. 56681

01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00

X0

X1

US

OV

A Mounting hole 79x115 mm A DIN rail mounting

Tab. 3: Overview of mounting holes

A

Page 34: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 34

1.2 Mounting the Cube67 Bus Node

Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools • Smooth and flat mounting

surface.

• The system is dead

(cut off).

• 2 fixing screws with a

diameter of 4 mm

• 2 lock washers DIN 433

T1/T2

• Screwdriver,

middle-sized

• Mounting diagram see Fig. 9:

1.2.1 Mounting the Cube67 bus node basic module

• Install the module with the two 4 mm fixing screws at the two

fixing holes. The tightening torque is 2 Nm.

Fig. 6: Mounting position BN Cube67

Page 35: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 35

1.2.2 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate

• The address of the bus node is set via a rotary switch. For further information see the bus system

manual of the respective fieldbus system.

Fig. 7: Rotary switch BN Cube67

Page 36: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 36

1.2.3 Connect functional earth to the Cube67 bus node

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories • The module has to be

disconnected.

• Screwdriver

• Insulation tool

• Crimping pliers

• Fixing screw

• Cable lug with eye connector

• Earthing cable (flexible wire)

The FE2 connection is under the cap of the bus node.

FE connection

Fig. 8: FE connection at the cap of the bus node Cube67

The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in

conformity with EMC specifications.

2 FE - Functional ground

1,2 Nm0,2EJOT

∅3

+ 10,7 ib-in1,8+ -

Page 37: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 37

1.2.4 Mounting the cap of the Cube67 bus node

Set the fieldbus address and, depending on the fieldbus used, set the Baudrate

before mounting the cap. The rotary switch is no longer accessible when the cap is mounted. We recommend labeling one of the label plates with the fieldbus address

used.

Fig. 9: Mounting the Cap of the Bus Node Cube67

1 3 captive fixing screws 4 Address switch

2 Cap 5 Baud rate switch (only DeviceNet / CANopen)

3 FE3 connection (bottom view) 6 base module

3 FE - Functional ground

Page 38: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 38

Step by Step:

1. Connect the FE cable on the bottom of the cap.

2. Mount the cap onto the base module. Take care not to tilt the cap.

3. Three captive fixing screws are integrated into the cap. Tighten them down. The tightening torque for

these screws is 1.0 Nm.

1.2.5 Example mounting BN Cube67

IP67 protection is only guaranteed when the cap is screwed to the base module

and all sockets are wired up or provided with cables or blind plugs.

Fig. 10: Example mounting BN Cube67

Page 39: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 39

1.3 Mounting the Cube67+ Bus Node

Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools

• Smooth and flat mounting

surface.

• The system is dead

(cut off).

• 2 fixing screws with a diameter

of 4 mm

• 2 lock washers DIN 433 T1/T2

• Screwdriver,

middle-sized

1.3.1 Mounting the Cube67+ bus node

1. Install the module with the two 4 mm fixing screws at the two fixing holes.

The tightening torque is 2 Nm.

2. The FE wire is connected to point 1. Please see the chapter "Connecting functional earth to the

Cube67+ bus node"!

Fig. 11: Mounting position BN Cube67+

Page 40: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 40

1.3.2 Connect functional earth to the Cube67+ bus node

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has to be

disconnected.

• Screwdriver

• Insulation tool

• Crimping pliers

• Fixing screw

• Cable lug with eye connector

• Earthing cable (flexible wire)

Fig. 12: FE connection at the bus node Cube67+

The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in

conformity with EMC specifications.

Page 41: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 41

1.3.3 Adjust fieldbus address and if required Baud rate

• The address of the bus node is set via a rotary switch. For further information see the bus system

manual of the respective fieldbus system.

• After the address is set, the lid has to be replaced and the screws must have to be tightened

with 0.3 Nm.

Fig. 13: Rotary switch BN Cube67+

Page 42: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 42

1.3.4 Example mounting BN Cube67+

IP67 protection is only guaranteed when all sockets are wired up, provided with

terminating resistors or with blind plugs.

Fig. 14: Mounting example

Page 43: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 43

1.4 Mounting the Cube67 I/O modules

Initial conditions Mounting material Required tools

• Smooth and flat mounting

surface.

• Mind the max. number of

modules! (depends on the

bus node)

• The system is dead

(cut off).

• 2 fixing screws with a diameter

of 4 mm

• 2 lock washers DIN 433 T1/T2

• Screwdriver,

middle-sized

1.4.1 Mounting the module

Some of the mounting holes are located under the label plates. In this case you have to remove the

corresponding label plates with the screwdriver.

How to remove a label plate

Place the screwdriver at an angle to the small opening at the label plate and lever the label out.

Page 44: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 44

1.4.2 Connecting functional earth

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has to be

disconnected.

• Screwdriver

• Insulation tool

• Crimping pliers

• Fixing screw

• Cable lug with eye connector

• Earthing cable (flexible wire)

The connection to the functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in conformity with EMC specifications.

1. Attach the cable connected to functional earth at point B. Use a cable lug with eye connector to

ensure an appropriate connection between functional earth and the module. The connection to the

functional earth must be kept as short as possible, in conformity with EMC specifications.

2 NmM4+- 0,5

Fig. 15: Connection to the functional earth

For single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets the mounting hole for the

connection of functional earth is located under the label plate.

Page 45: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 45

Fig. 16: Single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets

The Cube67 DIO8/DI8 TB Box/Rail Art. No. 56 681/56 691 module does not feature a

connection for functional earth.

2. Attach the module to the two mounting points with the two 4 mm fixing screws

(tightening torque: 2 Nm).

Some modules have more than 2 mounting holes. Preferably use the mounting

holes A or B. The (optional) mounting holes C are located to match the mounting

holes of Murrelektronik passive distribution boxes. This facilitates replacing

passive distribution boxes by Cube67 modules. The mounting holes C can also be

used to increase the mechanical stability, especially in environments with

vibrations.

3. Reinsert the previously removed label plates into the corresponding recesses of the module by

applying slight pressure.

Page 46: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 46

If the I/O modules are mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminum, additional

measures are required to ensure a low-impedance connection of point B to the aluminum profile. A ground strap (Art. No.4000-71001-0410004) attached to point B

and a self-cutting sheet-metal screw in the aluminum profile enable a permanent

and low-impedance connection. Furthermore, make sure the aluminum profile has

a low-impedance connection to the FE.

Fig. 17: I/O modules mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminium

Fixing screw Washer Ground strap

Self-cutting metal-sheet screw Washer Lock washer Ground strap Aluminum profile

Page 47: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 47

1.5 Mounting the Cube20 connection and the Cube20 I/O modules

Fig. 18: DIN rail and terminal assembly

SNA

P O

N

REM

OVE

TER

MIN

ALS

W

IRIN

G

Page 48: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 48

1.6 Connections

1.6.1 Bus node

1.6.1.1 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P (Art. No. 56 501)

US UA 0

1

2

3

US UA

US UA

US UA

Bus

Run

Cfg

F

Power

In Out

Bus

Cube67 BN-PArt.-No. 56501

++49(0)719147-0

ADRx10

ADRx1

Cube67 BN-PArt.-No. 56501

++49(0)719147-0

US UA 0

1

2

3

US UA

US UA

UAUS

Fig. 19: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-P

Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection) Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection) Power supply connection Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error) Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status) Connection for the internal system connection line 0 to 3

Page 49: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 49

1.6.1.2 Overview of connections Cube67+ BN-P (Art. No. 56 521)

Fig. 20: Overview of Connections Cube67+ BN-P

1 Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection) 2 Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection) 3 Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address 4 Power supply connection 5 Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error) 6 Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status) 7 Connection for the internal system connection line 0 to 3

Page 50: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 50

1.6.1.3 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN (Art. No. 56 502)

0 1 2345678

90 1 234567

8

9

0 1 234567

8

9

NAx10

NAx1

DR

Cube67 BN-DNArt.-No. 56502

++49(0)719147-0

US UA 0

1

2

3

US UA

US UA

UAUS

US UA 0

1

2

3

US UA

US UA

UAUS

Power

In Out

Bus

MS

NS

++49(0)719147-0

Power

In Out

Bus

MS

NS

Cube67 BN-DNArt.-No. 56502

++49(0)719147-0

Fig. 21: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN

1 Address switch for setting the DeviceNet device address 2 Rotary switch for setting the DeviceNet Baud rate 3 Bus In (incoming DeviceNet bus connection) 4 Bus Out (outgoing DeviceNet bus connection) 5 Power supply connection 6 NS LED (indicator network status) 7 MS LED (indicator modules status) 8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3

Page 51: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 51

1.6.1.4 Overview of connection Cube67 BN-C (Art. No. 56 504)

Fig. 22: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-C

1 Address switch for setting the CANopendevice address 2 Rotary switch for setting the CANopen Baud rate 3 Bus In (incoming CANopen bus connection) 4 Bus Out (outgoing CANopen bus connection) 5 Power supply connection 6 Error LED (indicator network status) 7 Run LED (indicator modules status) 8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3

Page 52: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 52

1.6.1.5 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-E (Art. No. 56 505)

Fig. 23: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-E

1 Address switch for setting the Ethernet device address 2 Bus (Ethernet bus connection 4-pole, D-coded) 3 Power supply connection 4 NS LED (indicator network status) 5 MS LED (indicator modules status) 6 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3

NS MS

Page 53: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 53

1.6.1.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN V2 (Art. No. 56 507)

0 1 234567

8

90 1

234567

8

9

0 1 234567

8

9

NAx10

NAx1

DR

Cube67 BN-DN Art.-No. 56507

U U 0

1

2

3

U U

U U

UU

U U 0

1

2

3

U U

U U

UU

Power

In Out

Bus

MS NS

Power

In Out

Bus

MS NS

Cube67 BN-DN Art.-No. 56507

Fig. 24: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN

1 Address switch for adjusting the DeviceNet device address 2 Rotary switch for setting the DeviceNet Baud rate 3 Bus In (incoming DeviceNet bus connection) 4 Bus Out (outgoing DeviceNet bus connection) 5 Power supply connection 6 NS LED (indicator network status) 7 MS LED (indicator module status) 8 Connection for the internal system connection sockets 0 to 3

Page 54: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 54

1.6.1.7 Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid (Art. No. 56 531)

Fig. 25: Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid

1a 1b

2 23 3

1a

24V UNSContact 1

Profibus A

Contact 2,3

1 14 4

1a 1b

1b Profibus B

24V US

1 +24V UNS2 +24V UNS3 0V4 bus internal5 bus internal6 0V

1

5 3

2

64

0, 2

1 +24V U2 +24V UNS3 0V4 bus internal5 bus internal6 0V

1, 3

Page 55: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 55

1 Address switch for setting the PROFIBUS device address 2 Bus In (incoming PROFIBUS connection) 3 Bus Out (outgoing PROFIBUS connection) 4 Cfg F LED (indicator PROFIBUS configuration error) 5 Bus Run LED (indicator PROFIBUS status) 6 Connection internal system connection and actuator supply line 0 and 2 7 Conenction actuator supply line 1 and 3

Page 56: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 56

1.6.2 I/O modules Cube67 and Cube67+

1.6.2.1 Overview of connections Cube67 DI / DIO 8xM12

Art. No. Description 56 600 DIO16 C 8xM12 56 640 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A 56 601 DIO16 E 8xM12 56 60150 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA 56 60151 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA 56 603 DI16 E 8xM12 56 60350 DI16 E 8xM12 VA

Fig. 26: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 600

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) of Cube67 DI16 E Connection for the internal system connection of Cube67 DIO16 C

2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) of Cube67 DI16 E Connection external actuator supply of Cube67 DIO16 C

3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply) 5 M12 connection for sensors /actuators (external actuator supply)

0

1

3

2

4

5

7

6

Page 57: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 57

1.6.2.2 External actuator supply Art. No. 56 600 (Art. No. 56640)

The parameterized outputs are supplied via the external actuator supply at the odd-numbered sockets 1,

3, 5 and 7 (channels 01, 03, 05, 07, 11, 13, 15, 17). Connect the external actuator supply if you want to

use outputs on these channels.

Configuration Contact No. Signification

Plug

1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC

6 Ground

Sock

et

1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC

6 Ground

Fig. 27: Configuration external actuator supply

Page 58: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 58

1.6.2.3 Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12

Fig. 28: Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 and 56 765

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply) 5 M12 connection for sensors / actuators and I/O link (internal actuator supply)

Art. No. Description 56 752 DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 56 765 DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12

Page 59: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 59

1.6.2.4 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A)

Fig. 29: Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641

1 7/8" connection for supplying the external actuator supply 2 7/8" connection for extending the external actuator supply 3 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) of Cube67 DIO E 4 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) of Cube67 DIO E 5 Label plate 6 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply) 7 M12 connection for sensors /actuators (external actuator supply)

Art. No. Description

56 641 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12

(1.6/2A)

Page 60: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 60

1.6.2.5 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 (Art. No. 56 602)

0

1

3

2

4

5

7

6

Fig. 30: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 602

1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for sensors (even-numbered sockets) 4 M12 connection for sensors (uneven-numbered sockets)

Page 61: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 61

1.6.2.6 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 (Art. No. 56 605)

U

A1 A2

0 10 1

0 10 1

0 10 1

0

1

2

3

4

5

In

Out

Out

In

UU P

Fig. 31: Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56605

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Connection 2 x actuator supply galvanically separated (incoming) 4 Connection 2 x actuator supply (outgoing) 5 Connection 12x actuators

Page 62: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 62

1.6.2.7 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12, DI8 C 4xM12

Art. No. Description 56 610 DIO8 C 4xM12 56 612 DI8 C 4xM12

Fig. 32: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12

1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for sensors/actuators

1.6.2.8 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12, DI8 E 4xM12

Art. No. Description 56 611 DIO8 E 4xM12 56 61150 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA 56 613 DI8 E 4xM12 56 616 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN 56 631 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A

Fig. 33: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) Label plate M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)

Page 63: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 63

1.6.2.9 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 620)

0 10 10 10 1

2 3

4 5

6 7

Fig. 34: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 620

1 Connection for the internal system connection Label plate M8 connection for sensors/actuators

Page 64: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 64

1.6.2.10 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 621) and Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA (Art. No. 56 62150)

Fig. 35: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 621

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) Label plate M8 connection for sensors or actuators (internal actuator supply)

Page 65: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 65

1.6.2.11 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 622)

0 10 10 10 1

2 3

4 5

6 7

Fig. 36: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 622

1 Connection for the internal system connection Label plate M8 connection for sensors

Page 66: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 66

1.6.2.12 Overview of Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 (Art. No. 56 623)

Fig. 37: Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M8 connection for sensors

Page 67: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 67

1.6.2.13 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO16 CValve K3 (Art. No. 56 650)

Fig. 38: Connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve K3 – Art. No. 56650

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection 4 x actuator supply 3 Label plate 4 Connection for FESTO CPV valve cluster

DSub Function Byte x. Bit x Channel 1 Out 1 0.0 U

A1

2 Out 2 0.1 3 Out 3 0.2 4 Out 4 0.3 5 Out 5 0.4 U

A2

6 Out 6 0.5 7 Out 7 0.6 8 Out 8 0.7 9 Out 9 1.0 U

A3

10 Out 10 1.1 11 Out 11 1.2 12 Out 12 1.3 13 Out 13 1.4 U

A4

14 Out 14 1.5 15 Out 15 1.6 16 Out 16 1.7 24 GND 25 GND

Tab. 4: Pin configuration CPV valve control

Page 68: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 68

1.6.2.14 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 650)

The four channels (UA1, UA2, UA3, UA4) are supplied via the external actuator supply. Connect the

external actuator supplies if you want to use outputs on these channels.

Configuration

Contact No.

Signification

Plug

1 UA1 actuator supply + 24 V DC

2 UA2 actuator supply + 24 V DC

3 Ground

4 UA3 actuator supply + 24 V DC

5 UA4 actuator supply + 24 V DC

6 Ground

Fig. 39: Configuration external actuator supplies

Page 69: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 69

1.6.2.15 Overview of Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 (Art. No. 56 65003)

Fig. 40: Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art. No. 56 65003

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection 4 x actuator supply 3 Label plate 4 Connection for FESTO CPV valve cluster

DSub Function Byte x. Bit x Channel 1 Out 1 0.0

UA

1

2 Out 2 0.1 3 Out 5 0.4 4 Out 6 0.5 5 Out 9 1.0

UA

2

6 Out 10 1.1 7 Out 13 1.4 8 Out 14 1.5 9 GND

Tab. 5: Pin configuration CPV(9) valve control

Page 70: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 70

1.6.2.16 External actuator supply (Art. No. 56 65003)

The four channels (UA1, UA2, UA3, UA4) are supplied via the external actuator supply. Connect the

external actuator supplies if you want to use outputs on these channels.

Configuration

Contact No.

SignificationPl

ug

1 UA1 actuator supply + 24 V DC

2 UA2 actuator supply + 24 V DC

3 Ground

4 UA3 actuator supply + 24 V DC

5 UA4 actuator supply + 24 V DC

6 Ground

Fig. 41: Configuration external actuator supplies

Page 71: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 71

1.6.2.17 Overview of connections Cube67 DO8 – DO32 E Valve,

Art. No. Description 56 651 DO16 E Valve 56 655 DO8 E Valve 56 656 DO32 E Valve 0.5A 56 600 2 DO32 E Valve 0.5A / 2m 56 661 DIO8 E Cable 56 661 00 DIO8 E Cable 2m 56 662 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A 56671 DI16/DO16 E Cable 0.5A

Fig. 42: Overview of connections Cube67 Valve

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 Customized prewired cable

Page 72: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 72

1.6.2.18 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A (Art. No. 56 663)

Fig. 43: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A – Art. No. 56663

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 M16 socket 4 Label plate

Configuration Contact Signification

M16

soc

ket

P I/O 0 J I/O 1 T I/O 2 S I/O 3 G I/O 4 R I/O 5 E I/O 6 O I/O 7 M 24V A 24V L Gnd U Gnd

Fig. 44: Contact configuration of M16 socket

Page 73: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 73

1.6.2.19 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box (Art. No. 56 681)

X3

Fig. 45: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Terminal block

X0 Transparent - connection for sensors X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators X2 Brown - sensor supply X3 Blue - ground

Page 74: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 74

1.6.2.20 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100

01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00

X0

X1

++49(0)719147-0

Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Box

Art.-No. 56681

In Out

00 01 01 02 02 03 0300

X2

X3

X4

Fig. 46: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Terminal block X0 Transparent - connection for sensors

X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators X2 Brown - sensor supply X3 Blue - ground X4 Gray - potential-free jumper plug

Page 75: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 75

1.6.2.21 Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail (Art. No. 56 691)

USUA

Cube67DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail

Art.-No. 56691

In Out

X0

X1

X2

X3 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00

Fig. 47: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Terminal block

X0 Transparent - connection for sensors X1 Transparent - connection for sensors / actuators X2 Brown - sensor supply X3 Blue - ground

Page 76: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 76

1.6.2.22 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 700

Fig. 48: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700

1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (voltage input)

Page 77: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 77

1.6.2.23 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)

AI4 E 4xM12 (U), Art.-No. 56 701

AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA, Art.-No. 56 70150

Fig. 49: Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply)

Page 78: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 78

1.6.2.24 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 710

Fig. 50: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710

1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog set point adjuster and supply

Page 79: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 79

1.6.2.25 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U), Art. No. 56 711

Fig. 51: Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for analog set point adjuster and supply

Page 80: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 80

1.6.2.26 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)

AO4 C 4xM12 (I) (Art. No. 56 720)

AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA (Art. No. 56 72050)

Fig. 52: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection analog set point adjuster (current output) and supply

Page 81: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 81

1.6.2.27 Overview of Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I), Art. No. 56 721

Fig. 53: Connections Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection analog set point adjuster (current output) and supply

Page 82: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 82

1.6.2.28 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)

AI4 C 4xM12 (I), Art.-No. 56 730

AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA, Art.-No. 56 73050

Fig. 54: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)

1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (current input)

Page 83: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 83

1.6.2.29 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731

Fig. 55: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incomming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) Label plate M12 connection for analog sensors / signals (current input)

Page 84: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 84

1.6.2.30 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD

AI4 C 4xM12 RTD, Art.-No. 56 740

AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA, Art.-No. 56 74050

Fig. 56: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD

1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog thermic measuring resistors

Page 85: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 85

1.6.2.31 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD (Art.No. 56 741)

Fig. 57: Anschlussübersicht Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incomming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for analog thermic measuring resistors

Page 86: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 86

1.6.2.32 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH

AI4 C 4xM12 TH, Art.-No. 56 748

AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA, Art.-No. 56 74850

Fig. 58: Overview of connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH

1 Connection for the internal system connection 2 Label plate 3 M12 connection for analog two-wire thermo elements

Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this module.

Page 87: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 87

1.6.2.33 Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH – Art. No. 56 749

Fig. 59: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for analog two-wire thermo elements

Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this module.

Page 88: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 88

1.6.2.34 Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 750)

Fig. 60: Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT C2 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 750

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for counter 0 5 M12 connection for counter 1

Page 89: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 89

1.6.2.35 Overview of Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12

DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12, Art.No. 56 760

Fig. 61: Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 – Art. No. 56 760

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors / actuators (internal actuator supply) 5 RS485

Page 90: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 90

1.6.2.36 Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 (Art. No. 56 761)

Fig. 62: Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761

A Connection for the internal system connection (incoming)

B Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing)

C M12 connection for sensors or actuators (internal actuator supply)

D M12 connection for RS232

E M12 connection for RS485

Page 91: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 91

1.6.2.37 Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12, Art. No. 56 771

Fig. 63: Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771

1 Connection for the internal system connection (incoming) 2 Connection for the internal system connection (outgoing) 3 Label plate 4 M12 connection for sensors 5 M12 connection for actuators

Page 92: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 92

1.6.2.38 Overview of connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955

Fig. 64: Connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955

1 7/8" connection for supplying the external actuator supply 2 Label plate 3 6-pole M12 connection for external actuator supply

Page 93: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 93

1.6.3 I/O (IP20) modules with pluggable terminals

1.6.3.1 Overview of Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8

Fig. 65: Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 – Art. No. 56 450

For more Cube20 modules and expansion modules see the Cube20 system manual (Art.

No. 56030) or our catalog / online shop at:

onlineshop.murrelektronik.com

Page 94: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 94

1.6.4 Customer-specific Modules

Customer-specific modules are modules that are based on a standard module and are designed for

customer-specific solutions (e.g. different plugs, cable length).

Art.Nr. Description 56 601 50 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA 56 601 51 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA 56 611 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA 56 621 50 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA 56 626 50 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN VA 56 603 50 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA 56 701 50 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA 56 720 50 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA 56 730 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA 56 740 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA 56748 50 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH VA 56 651 00 56 600 1

Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV 1,4m

56 651 01 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V 56 651 10 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 56 651 11 Cube67 DO16 E Valve VM10 56 651 12 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 B 56 651 13 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC 56 651 14 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC M27 56 651 15 Cube67 DO16 E Valve V20/22 C 56 651 51 Cube67 DO16 E Valve CPV VA 56 651 52 Cube67 DO16 E Valve SMC VA 56 681 00 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK 56 655 00 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV 56 655 01 Cube67 DO8 E Valve CPV(9) 56 656 00 Cube67 DO24 E Valve VM10 56 656 01 Cube67 DO24 E Valve MPA 56 656 02 Cube67 DO32 E Valve HF03 56 656 03 Cube67 DO32 E Valve VM10 56 656 04 Cube67 DO23 E Valve SMC 56 656 05 Cube67 DO22 E Valve CPA 56 656 06 Cube67 DO24 E Valve HF04 56 656 07 Cube67 DO24 E Valve SMC M27 56 656 09 Cube67 DO32 E Valve MAC 56 656 10 Cube67 DO32 E Valve Vesta 56 656 11 Cube67 DO22 E Valve Vesta 56 665 00 56 600 0

Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID Cube67 DIO8 E Cable M12 ID 1,2m

Tab. 6: Overview of customer-specific modules

Page 95: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 95

1.7 Wiring

We recommend to proceed as follows when wiring the Cube67 system.

Connect:

1. the functional earth of the module to the protective earth. See chapter 2.2. This step should be done

already during assembly. See chapter 0 and 0.

2. the peripheral connections of the I/O modules. See chapter 0 to 1.7.5.

3. the power distributor. See chapter0.

4. the internal system connection. See chapter 1.7.7.

5. the cap of the bus node. See chapter 1.7.10.

When screwing on the connections, you must apply the recommended torque. If

cables are not screwed tightly (fieldbus, internal system connection, I/O

connections), they will often cause failures.

We recommend using the Murrelektronik torque wrench (see accessories) to

ensure correct assembly and the right torque.

ATTENTION:

Inverting Cube67 I/O modules in a system can result in injury or serious damage

to man and/or material.

When comparing planned and actual configuration, the Cube67 system is basically not able to distinguish between identical or replaceable modules.

Therefore it is important, that Cube67 system cables and Cube67 I/O modules are

clearly labelled.

Page 96: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 96

1.7.1 Digital I/O with M12 connection

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has to

be disconnected.

• When using field-wireable

connectors an insulation tool

and a suitable screwdriver are

required.

• Torque wrench for 0.6 Nm

• Pre-wired connectors. See

appendix for article numbers

or

• Field-wireable connectors (3, 4, 5

wires, with cable diameter

≤ 0.75 mm2) with M12 round

plug.

• M12 blind caps for unused M12

sockets.

Tab. 7: Initial conditions

Pin Configuration OutlineSocket (on module) Plug (on cable)

1 24 V sensor supply 2 I/O signal 3 Ground (GND) 4 I/O signal 5 Functional ground

Tab. 8: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for digital inputs / outputs

Connecting M12 plugs

1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and

groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

5

2

3

1

4

21

45

Page 97: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 97

Connecting Y-connectors

The digital modules provide for two channels per M12 socket. By means of a y-connector they can be

equipped with one sensor/actuator each.

1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and

groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

ATTENTION:

Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67

protection is not guaranteed.

ATTENTION:

Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories)

Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak

tightness!

Page 98: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 98

1.7.2 Digital I/O modules with M8 connection

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has

to be

disconnected.

• When using field-wireable

connectors an insulation

tool and a suitable

screwdriver are required.

• Pre-wired connectors. See appendix for

article numbers

or

• Field-wireable connectors (3 wires, with

cable diameter ≤ 0.75 mm2) with M8

round plug.

• M8 blind caps for unused M8 sockets.

Tab. 9: Initial conditions

Pin Configuration OutlineSocket (on module) Plug (on cable)

1 24 V sensor supply 3 Ground (GND)

4 I/O signal

Tab. 10: Configuration M8 plug or M8 socket for digital inputs / outputs

Connecting M8 plugs 1. Insert the M8 plug into the corresponding M8 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and

groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

ATTENTION:

Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67 protection is

not guaranteed.

ATTENTION:

Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories) Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak

tightness!

3 4

1

1 4

3

Page 99: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 99

Page 100: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 100

1.7.3 M16 connection

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has

to be

disconnected.

• When using field-wireable

connectors an insulation

tool and a suitable

screwdriver are required.

• Pre-wired shielded connectors. See

appendix for article numbers.

Tab. 11: Initial conditions

Pin Configuration Outline Socket (on module) Plug (on cable)

P I/O 0

G EPRS

JT

UL

OC

NM

A

J I/O 1 T I/O 2 S I/O 3 G I/O 4 R I/O 5 E I/O 6 O I/O 7 M 24V A 24V L Gnd U Gnd

Tab. 12: Configuration M16 - Socket or M16 - Plug

Connecting M16 plugs

1. Insert the M16 plug into the corresponding M16 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and

groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

GE P RS

J

T

ULO

CN

M

A

Page 101: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 101

1.7.4 Analog I/O Modules

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has

to be

disconnected.

• When using field-wireable

connectors an insulation

tool and a suitable

screwdriver are required.

Torque wrench with 0.6

Nm (see accessories).

• Pre-wired shielded connectors. See

appendix for article numbers.

• KTY (56 945, 56 946)

or

• Field-wireable shielded connectors (3 or

4 wires, with cable diameter

≤ 0.75 mm2) and M12 round plugs with

shielding.

• M12 blind caps for unused

M12 sockets.

Tab. 13: Initial conditions

Shield connection analog input signal

The shield is connected to the metal thread (not with TH module Art. No. 56 748) of the M12 socket.

Therefore, we recommend using only M12 connectors with metal thread. Connect the shield to the metal

housing in the connector. Pre-wired connectors are already equipped accordingly. See chapter 3.1

General accessories for article nos. of shielded M12 connectors for field wiring.

Pin Configuration (Analog IN)

Configuration (Analog OUT)

Configuration (Analog IN RTD)

Configuration (TH)

Outline Socket (on module)

Plug (on cable)

1 24 V sensor supply

24 V sensor supply

Power source (red) KTY +

21

345

5

2

3

1

4

2 Analog input + not used Input 3/4 wire Input TH+ 3 Ground (GND) Ground (GND) Ground (GND) KTY- 4 Analog input - Analog output Input 4 wire Input TH- 5 not used not used not used not used

Tab. 14: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for analog I/Os

Page 102: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 102

Connecting M12 plugs

1. Insert the M12 plug into the corresponding M12 socket of the I/O module. Make sure that tongue and

groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

ATTENTION:

Unused sockets must be closed off with blind plugs. Otherwise IP 67 protection is

not guaranteed.

ATTENTION:

Screw down the plug correctly using the torque wrench! (See accessories)

Screwing down too tightly may destroy the sealing ring, causing loss of leak

tightness!

1.7.5 I/O modules with field-wireable connection

1.7.5.1 Terminal Block Box / Rail (Art. No. 56 681 / 56 691)

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has

to be

disconnected.

• Insulation tool, crimping

tool and screwdriver small

/ mid-sized appropriate for

the spring clamp terminal

• Field-wireable connectors or cable

(cable diameter ≤ 1.5 mm2), suitable

cable glands (see accessories)

Tab. 15: Initial conditions

Page 103: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 103

Terminal assignments

Fig. 66: Terminal assignments

X0 luminous terminal (channel 00 … 07) X1 luminous terminal (channel 00 … 07) X2 Sensor supply voltage (output) X3 Ground

Connecting spring clamp terminals

1. Lead the cable through the opening of the housing and the cable gland

2. Strip the cables (approx. 5 mm) and crip wire end ferrules

3. Lead the cables into the terminals with a screwdriver.

X0

X1

X2

X3

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 104: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 104

1.7.5.2 DO16 Valve Art. No. 56 651

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has

to be

disconnected.

• An adequate screwdriver

is useful.

• None, the valve control is supplied with

customized and pre-wired cable end.

Tab. 16: Initial conditions

Chan

nel 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

GN

D

Sen

s

Color

whi

te

brow

n

gree

n

yello

w

gray

pink

blue

red

blac

k

viol

et

gray

/pin

k

red/

blue

whi

te/g

reen

brow

n/gr

een

whi

te/y

ello

w

yello

w/b

row

n

whi

te/g

ray

gray

/bro

wn

Tab. 17: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)

1.7.5.3 DO8 Valve Art. No. 56 651 and DIO8 Cable Art. No.56 661

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has

to be

disconnected.

• An adequate screwdriver

is useful.

• None, the valve control is supplied with

customized and pre-wired cable end.

Tab. 18: Initial conditions

Chann

el 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GND Sens

Color

whi

te

brow

n

gree

n

yello

w

gray

pink

blue

red

blac

k

viol

et

Tab. 19: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)

Page 105: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 105

1.7.5.4 DO32 Valve Art. No. 56 656

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has to

be disconnected.

• An adequate

screwdriver is useful.

• None, the valve control is supplied with

customized and pre-wired cable end.

Tab. 20: Initial conditions

Channel Color 0 white 1 brown 2 green 3 yellow 4 gray 5 pink 6 blue 7 red 8 violet 9 gray/pink 10 red/blue 11 white/green 12 brown/green 13 white/yellow 14 yellow/brown 15 white/gray 16 white/pink 17 pink/brown 18 white/blue 19 brown/blue 20 white/red 21 brown/red 22 white/black 23 brown/black 24 yellow/gray 25 pink/green 26 yellow/pink 27 green/blue 28 yellow/blue 29 green/red 30 yellow/red 31 green/black GND black GND gray/green GND gray/brown Sens yellow/black

Tab. 21: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)

Page 106: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 106

1.7.5.5 Connecting the Sens cable art. no. 56651, 56655 und 56656

The Sense cable is connected to a second GND pin of the valve cluster. Refer to the documentation of

your valve cluster to find out the pin assignment of the plug.

If the valve cluster is equipped with one GND pin only, the Sense cable has to be bridge with the GND

cable on the module.

1.7.5.6 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A Art. No. 56 662

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has

to be

disconnected.

• An adequate screwdriver

is useful.

• None, the valve control is supplied with

customized and pre-wired cable end.

Tab. 22: Initial conditions

Channel Color0 white 1 brown 2 green 3 yellow 4 gray 5 pink 6 blue 7 red 8 black 9 violet 10 gray/pink 11 red/blue 12 white/green 13 brown/green 14 white/yellow 15 yellow/brownGND white/gray GND gray/brown GND white/pink 24V sensor/0.5A pink/brown

Tab. 23: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100)

Page 107: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 107

1.7.6 Auxiliary supply Cube67 PD 7/8“ – Art. No. 56 955

Initial conditions Required tools

• The module has to be disconnected. • Insulation tool, screwdriver, and a special tool in

case no pre-wired cables are used.

Tab. 24: Initial conditions

Connecting the auxiliary supply 7/8" plug

1. Insert the plug of the power connector into the corresponding socket of the power distributor. Make

sure that tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

Pin 1 0 V

Pin 2 0 V Pin 3 FE Pin 4 unassigned Pin 5 Actuator supply

Fig. 67: Contact assignment of the 7/8" power connector

Fig. 68: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style)

The max. cable cross section is 1.5 mm². It is limited to this max. diameter by the

7/8" plug.

POWER

12

3

4 5

Page 108: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 108

1.7.7 Internal system connection

The internal system connection has 2 functions:

• Power supply of the Cube67 I/O modules.

• Communication between bus node and I/O modules.

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has to be

disconnected.

• M12 mounting key (art. no.

996062)

• Pre-wired connectors. See

appendix for article numbers.

Tab. 25: Initial conditions

Connecting the internal system connection

1. Insert the plug of the internal system connection into the corresponding socket of the I/O module or

the bus node. Make sure that tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

ATTENTION:

Inverting Cube67 I/O modules in a system can result in injury or serious damage to man and/or material.

When comparing planned and actual configuration, the Cube67 system is

basically not able to distinguish between identical or replaceable modules.

Therefore it is important, that Cube67 system cables and Cube67 I/O modules are clearly labelled.

Page 109: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 109

1.7.8 Internal System Connection Terminations

Compact modules have an integrated terminal resistance4 already integraged. If the last module of a line

is a compact module, no additional terminating resistor is required.

If the last module of a line is an expansion module, use always a terminating resistor for this module.

A terminal resistance must be installed on each line of the internal system connection.

If no Cube67 I/O module is connected to an interface of the internal system connection of the bus node,

this interface is not fitted with a terminating resistor but with a blind plug.

Art. No. Description 56 950 Cube67 BT (terminating resistor for the internal system connection) 56 951 Blind plug M12 x 1 Cube67 BP (Quantity: 4 pcs.)

Tab. 26: Overview Art. No. terminating resistor and blink plug

4A compact module has no extension interface for the internal system connection. See also Cube67 system manual.

Page 110: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 110

1.7.9 External actuator supply (only Art. No. 56 600 und 56640)

The parameterized outputs are supplied via the external actuator supply at the odd-numbered sockets 1,

3, 5 and 7 (channels 01, 03, 05, 07, 11, 13, 15, 17). Connect the external actuator supply if you want to

use outputs on one of these channels.

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has to

be disconnected.

• If the external actuator supply is not taken

from the bus node or power distributor, an

insulation tool and a screw driver are

required.

• None.

Tab. 27: Initial conditions

Configuration Contact No. Signification

Plug

1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC

6 GND

Sock

et

1 Actuator supply + 24 V DC

6 GND

Fig. 69: Configuration external actuator supply

Page 111: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 111

1.7.10 Cap of the bus node

1.7.10.1 Connecting the 7/8" power connector

Initial conditions Required tools Required accessories

• The module has to

be disconnected.

• Insulation tool, screwdriver, and a special

tool in case no pre-wired connectors are

used.

• None.

Tab. 28: Initial conditions

Connecting the auxiliary supply 7/8" plug

1. Insert the plug of the power connector into the corresponding socket of the bus node. Make sure that

tongue and groove fit exactly and that the plug is locked in the socket.

2. Screw down the plug with the hexagonal screw.

Pin 1 0 V

Pin 2 0 V Pin 3 FE Pin 4 Sensor Supply5 Pin 5 Actuator supply

Fig. 70: Pin assignment power connector 7/8" (mini style)

Fig. 71: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style)

5 With the Cube67 BN-P bus node, the sensor supply supplies also the bus node electronics.

POWER

12

3

4 5

Page 112: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 112

The max. cable cross section is 1.5 mm². It is limited to this max. diameter by the

7/8" plug.

The auxiliary power is required to power the actuators and sensors. The electronics of the Cube67

module are supplied via the sensor supply.

ATTENTION:

The 7/8“ connector is designed to carry a maximum current of 9 A per pin.

ATTENTION:

The module may be damaged if the actuator power supply polarity is reversed.

1.7.10.2 Bus connection

For more information on bus connection see the Cube67 Bus System Manual. The following table shows

the article numbers of these manuals.

Fieldbus system Art. No.PROFIBUS DP Cube67 56 980 PROFIBUS DP Cube67+ 56 521 DeviceNet (bus node 56502) 56 981 CANopen 56 982 Ethernet / IP 56 983 DeviceNet (bus node 56507) 56 984 Profinet 56 985

Tab. 29: Art. Nos. of the Bus System Manuals

The DeviceNetV2 bus node (art. no. 56507) features simplified diagnostic indication of the I/O data compared to the DeviceNet bus node (art. no. 56502).

Page 113: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 113

2. Technical Data

2.1 Cube67 BN-P – Art. No. 56 501

2.1.1 Dimension drawing

5035

125

151

50 22

20,5

Fig. 72: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501

Page 114: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 114

2.1.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole PROFIBUS M12 connector (B coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.1.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 80 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot

Page 115: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 115

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV (DC power input) asym. ± 1 kV (signal connections)

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 40 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 47 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ PROFIBUS

Supported Baud rates 9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 / 12000 kBaud

Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158 Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported ID number 064D hex PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch

Page 116: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 116

2.2 Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521

2.2.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 73: Dimensions Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521

Page 117: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 117

2.2.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 85°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

5 – 70 Hz; const. amplitude 0.75 mm 70 – 500 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 350 g Torques M12 round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm 7/8'' round plug connector 1.5 0.2 Nm M4 fixing screw 2 ±0.5 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole PROFIBUS M12 connector (B coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.2.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30 V DC Current consumption ≤ 120 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot

Page 118: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 118

Technical Data Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521Max. total current 8 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 8 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV (DC power input) asym. ± 1 kV (signal connections)

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 40 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 47 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ PROFIBUS

Supported Baud rates 9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 / 12000 kBaud

Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158 Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported ID number 08BF hex PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch

Page 119: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 119

2.3 Cube67 BN-P – Art. No. 56 502 , BN-DN – Art. No. 56 507

2.3.1 Dimension drawing

5035

125

151

50 22

20,5

Fig. 74: Dimensions Cube67 BN-DN

Page 120: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 120

2.3.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502 ,Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole DeviceNet M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.3.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502,Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507

Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 70 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes

Page 121: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 121

Technical Data Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 502,Cube67 BN-DN Art. No. 56 507

Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV (DC power input) asym. ± 1 kV (signal connections)

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ DeviceNet Supported Baud rates 125 / 250 / 500 kBits/sec Protocol DeviceNet acc. to ODVA specification Operating modes Poll / Change of State / Cycle Vendor-ID 640Dez DeviceNet address 0 - 63 adjustable with rotary switch max. No. of output bytes 70 max. No. of input bytes 56 502 200 (incl. diagnostic in utility data) max. No. of input bytes 56 507 170 max. size Explicite Message Service 200

Page 122: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 122

2.4 Cube67 BN-C – Art. No. 56 504

2.4.1 Dimension drawing

5035

125

151

50 22

20,5

Fig. 75: Dimensions Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504

Page 123: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 123

2.4.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply line 7/8" connector 5-pole CAN Open M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.4.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 70 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode)

Page 124: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 124

Technical Data Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ CAN, CAN Open Supported Baud rates Auto/ 10/ 20/ 50/ 100/ 125 / 250 / 500/ 800/ 1000 kBits/sec Protocol CAN Open DS301 CIA Spezification Operating modes Synchronous Cyclic or Acyclic / Asynchronous Vendor-ID 79 Dec / 4F Hex CAN Open address 1 - 99 adjustable with rotary switch

Page 125: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 125

2.5 Cube67 BN-E – Art. No. 56 505

2.5.1 Dimension drawing

5035

125

151

50 22

20,5

Fig. 76: Dimensions Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505

Page 126: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 126

2.5.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole Ethernet/IP M12 connector (D coded) 5-pole System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.5.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505Operating voltage 11.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 70 mA Sensor Supply Max. current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Page 127: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 127

Technical Data Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Actuator supply Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ Ethernet / IP Protocol Ethernet / IP acc. to ODVA Specification Vendor-ID 640Dec Ethernet / IP address see Manual 56 983 Chap. 6.2.1

Page 128: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 128

2.6 Cube67 BN-P Hybrid – Art. No. 56 531

2.6.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 77: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531

34,5

59

22

151

125

±0,5

20,5

50

25

In

Out

Bus Run

Cfg F

CE

Cube67 BN-PArt.-No. 56351

U U 0 U U

1

2UU U U

3

NS S

NS S

NS S

NS S

Page 129: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 129

2.6.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green 7/8" O-Ring NBR, black Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 450 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm M3 fixing screw 1.0 Nm Ejot fixing screw 1.2 Nm Connections Power supply Line HANBrid system connectors PROFIBUS HANBrid system connectors System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.6.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531 Operating voltage 18.0 V ... 30.2 V DC Current consumption approx. 80 mA Sensor Supply6 Max. current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

6 +24V DC module supply, sensor supply and actuator supply of the even-numbered slots (UN-NS)

Page 130: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 130

Technical Data Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors No - Actuators No Actuator supply 7 Nominal current 4 A per slot Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 40 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 47 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ PROFIBUS

Supported Baud rates 9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 / 1500 / 3000 / 6000 / 12000 kBaud

Protocol PROFIBUS DP acc. to IEC 61158 Operating modes Sync- and freeze mode are supported ID number 064D hex PROFIBUS address 0 - 99 adjustable with BCD rotary switch

7 +24V DC actuator supply of odd-numbered slots (U-S for emergency circuit) reference potential 0V

Page 131: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 131

2.7 Cube20 BN67 DIO8 – Art. No. 56 450

2.7.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 78: Dimensions Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450

Page 132: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 132

2.7.2 Mechanical Data

[Terminal X2] 4 inputs or 4 outputs

[Terminal X3] 4 inputs or 4 outputs

Page 133: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 133

2.7.3 Electrical data

System connection Cube67: Transfer protocol Internal system Addressing Automatic System connection Cube20: Transfer protocol Internal system Addressing Automatic Power supply: Operating voltage range logic US over M12 18 ... 30.2V DC Current consumption (only US) 100mA Sensor supply UI 18 ... 30.2V DC Actuator supply UA 18 ... 30.2V DC Reverse voltage protection module electronics Yes Reverse voltage protection sensor supply Yes Reverse voltage protection actuator supply Yes Overvoltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Inputs: Delay time for signal change max. 7ms Input characteristics EN 61131-2, Type 3 Galvanic separation 500V Outputs: Actuator current load Max. 0.5A per actuator Cycle frequency Max. 50Hz Cycle frequency with 1 to 3 extension modules Max. 40Hz Lamp load Max. 10W Automatic restart after short circuit Yes Derating at 55°C operating temperature 25 % Sensor power supply:Max. current 0.7A Short circuit protection for sensors with automatic restart

Yes

Reverse polarity protection Yes

Page 134: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 134

2.8 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600

2.8.1 Dimension drawing

50

33

39

22 34,5

126

75 73

Fig. 79: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600

Page 135: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 135

2.8.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO C 16 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.8.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600Max. number of inputs 16 Max. Number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Page 136: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 136

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 Art. No. 56 600Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A per supply Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 10 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 137: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 137

2.9 Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12

DIO16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 601

DIO16 E 8xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 60150

DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151

2.9.1 Dimension drawing

50

33

39

22 34,5

126

75 73

Fig. 80: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12

Page 138: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 138

2.9.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (56 60150,56 60151)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole 2.9.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601,Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151

Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

Page 139: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 139

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 Art. No. 56 601,Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60150, Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 VA Art. No. 56 60151

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Art. No. 56 60151 Attention! Automatic restart after actuator short circuit! Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 10 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 140: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 140

2.10 Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602

2.10.1 Dimension drawing

50

33

39 22

34,5

126

7573

Fig. 81: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602

Page 141: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 141

2.10.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.10.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602Max. number of inputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Page 142: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 142

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 143: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 143

2.11 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 603

2.11.1 Dimension drawing

50

33

39

22 34,5

126

75 73

Fig. 82: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 603

Page 144: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 144

2.11.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 503 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 60350

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 60350)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 NmV Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

Page 145: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 145

2.11.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 503Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 60350

Max. number of inputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 146: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 146

2.12 Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605

2.12.1 Dimension drawing

50

33

39

22 34,5

126

75 73

Fig. 83: Dimensions Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605

Page 147: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 147

2.12.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

1 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 6 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole External actuator supply 2 x M12 connector (A coded) 5-pole

Page 148: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 148

2.12.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605 Number of outputs 12 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption ≤ 50 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1.6A per channel, 3.2ª per female socket Over voltage protection Yes

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1.5 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-4 interference strength

QP 40 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 47 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 149: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 149

2.13 Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606

2.13.1 Dimension drawing

50

33

39

22 34,5

126

75 73

Fig. 84: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606

Page 150: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 150

2.13.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

Page 151: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 151

2.13.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606 Max. number of inputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, Typ type 2 NPN - switching Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 152: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 152

2.14 Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610

2.14.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 85: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610

Page 153: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 153

2.14.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 125 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.14.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Page 154: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 154

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 7 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 155: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 155

2.15 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12

DIO8 E 4xM12 - Art.No. 56 611

DIO8 E 4xM12 VA – Art. No. 56 61150

2.15.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,575

151

5

Fig. 86: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12

Page 156: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 156

2.15.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 61150)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.15.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150

Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes

Page 157: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 157

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 Art. No. 56 611,Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 VA Art. No. 56 61150

- Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 158: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 158

2.16 Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612

2.16.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 87: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612

Page 159: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 159

2.16.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 125 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

Page 160: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 160

2.16.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 161: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 161

2.17 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613

2.17.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

7515

1

5

Fig. 88: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613

Page 162: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 162

2.17.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

Page 163: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 163

2.17.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 164: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 164

2.18 Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616

2.18.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

7515

1

5

Fig. 89: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616

Page 165: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 165

2.18.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

Page 166: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 166

2.18.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616 Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 NPN - switching Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 167: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 167

2.19 Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 620

2.19.1 Dimension drawing

3034,5

22

12675

Fig. 90: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 620

Page 168: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 168

2.19.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 155 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

2.19.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

Page 169: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 169

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 Art. No. 56 620 > 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 170: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 170

2.20 Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8

DIO8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 621

DIO8 E 8xM8 VA – Art. No. 56 62150

2.20.1 Dimension drawing

30 22

34,5

151

75

Fig. 91: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8

Page 171: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 171

2.20.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA Art. No. 56 62150

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 61150)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 165 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

2.20.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA - Art. No. 56 62150

Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes

Page 172: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 172

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 Art. No. 56 621,Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 VA - Art. No. 56 62150

- Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 173: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 173

2.21 Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622

2.21.1 Dimension drawing

30 22

34,5

126

75

Fig. 92: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622

Page 174: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 174

2.21.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 155 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

Page 175: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 175

2.21.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 176: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 176

2.22 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623

2.22.1 Dimension drawing

151

75

3022

34,5

Fig. 93: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623

Page 177: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 177

2.22.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 165 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

Page 178: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 178

2.22.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 179: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 179

2.23 Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626

2.23.1 Dimension drawing

151

75

3022

34,5

Fig. 94: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626

Page 180: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 180

2.23.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 165 g Torques M8 round plug connectors 0.4 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M8 round plug connector 3-pole

Page 181: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 181

2.23.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626Max. number of inputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M8 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, Typ type 2 NPN – switching Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 5 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 182: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 182

2.24 Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631

2.24.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,575

151

5

Fig. 95: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631

Page 183: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 183

2.24.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.24.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection

Page 184: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 184

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 185: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 185

2.25 Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640

2.25.1 Dimension drawing

50

33

39

22 34,5

126

75 73

Fig. 96: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640

Page 186: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 186

2.25.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.25.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection

Page 187: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 187

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1.6 A per channel Max. total current 4 A per supply Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 188: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 188

2.26 Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641

2.26.1 Dimension drawing

151

± 0,

5

115 ± 0,5

23,5 ± 0,5

35 ± 0,5

75 ±

0,5

5,5

± 0,

5

90 ± 0,5

25 ± 0,5

Fig. 97: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641

Page 189: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 189

2.26.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 641 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C..85°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PC (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

5 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 600 g Mounting Screws Connections System connection ICAN 6-Pole M12 I/O connections Max. 1.5 mm² Dimensions Dimensions 151 x 115 x 35

2.26.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 641 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 32 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 100 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket left Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket

left) ≤ 100 mA load Automatic restart

> 100 mA load Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Page 190: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 190

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 641 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1.6 A channel 00-17 / 2ª channel 20-37 Max. total current 4x 8A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 30W channel 00-17 / 40W channel 20-37 Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics EN 61131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 10 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor / suppressor diode) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 191: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 191

2.27 Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3

DO16 C Valve K3 – Art. No. 56 650

DO16 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art.-No. 56 65003

2.27.1 Dimension drawing

30

151

22

34,5

5

75

Fig. 98: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 and Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3

Page 192: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 192

2.27.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 – Art. No. 56 650 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art. No. 56 65003

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

10 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired External actuator supply M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

Page 193: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 193

2.27.3 Electrical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 – Art. No. 56 650 Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art. No. 56 65003

Number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption ≤ 50 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Over voltage protection Yes Cable length 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1.5 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 194: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 194

2.28 Cube67 DO16 E Valve

DO16 E Valve - Art. No. 56 651 DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100;

DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101 DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110;

DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111 DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112;

DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150 DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151

2.28.1 Dimension drawing

30

151

22

34,55

75

Fig. 99: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 E Valve

Page 195: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 195

2.28.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve – Art. No. 56 651, DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100, DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101, DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110, DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111, DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (56 60150,56 60151)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

2.28.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve – Art. No. 56 651, DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100, DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101, DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110, DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111, DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151

Number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Page 196: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 196

Technical Data Cube67 DO16 E Valve – Art. No. 56 651, DO16 E Valve CPV – Art. No. 56 65100, DO16 E Valve V – Art. No. 56 65101, DO16 E Valve V20/22 – Art. No. 56 65110, DO16 E Valve VM10 – Art. No. 56 65111, DO16 E Valve CPV (9) – Art. No. 56 65112, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65150, DO16 E Valve CPV VA – Art. No. 56 65151

Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 60 mA per channel Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Line break Detection via sense cable Art. No. 56 65151 Attention! Automatic restart after actuator short circuit! EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 197: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 197

2.29 Cube67 DO8 E Valve

DO8 E Valve – Art.-No. 56 655 DO8 E Valve CPV Art.-No. 56 65500,

DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art.-No. 56 65501

2.29.1 Dimension drawing

30

151

22

34,5

5

75

Fig. 100: Dimensions Cube67 DO8 E Valve

Page 198: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 198

2.29.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DO8 E Valve – Art. No. 56 655 , DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500, DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C…75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

Page 199: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 199

2.29.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DO8 E Valve – Art. No. 56 655 ,DO8 E Valve CPV Art. No. 56 65500, DO8 E Valve CPV (9) Art. No. 56 65501

Number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 60 mA per channel Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Line break Detection via sense cable EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 200: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 200

2.30 Cube67 (DO24 - DO32) E Valve

DO32 E 0,5 A Valve – Art.-No. 56 656, DO24 E Valve VM10 – Art.-No. 56 65600,

DO24 E Valve MPA – Art.-No. 56 65601, DO32 E Valve HF03 – Art.-No. 56 65602,

DO32 E Valve VM10 – Art.-No. 56 65603, DO23 E Valve SMC – Art.-No. 56 65604,

DO22 E Valve CPA – Art.-No. 56 65605, DO24 E Valve HF04 – Art.-No. 56 65606,

DO24 E Valve SMC M27 – Art.-No. 56 65607

2.30.1 Dimension drawing

30

151

22

34,55

75

Fig. 101: Dimensions Cube67 DO32 E Valve

Page 201: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 201

2.30.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Art. No.56 656, 56 65600, 56 65601, 56 65602, 56 65603, 56 65604, 56 65605, 56 65606, Art. No. 56 65607

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

Page 202: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 202

2.30.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Art. No. 56 656, 56 65600, 56 65601, 56 65602, 56 65603, 56 65604, 56 65605, 56 65606, Art. No. 56 65607

Number of outputs 32 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 70 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.14 mm² Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Line break Detection via sense cable EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 203: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 203

2.31 Cube67 DIO8 E Cable

DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661

DIO8 E Cable 2m – 5666100

DIO8 E Cable M12 ID – 56 66500

2.31.1 Dimension drawing

30

151

22

34,55

75

Fig. 102: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E Cable

Page 204: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 204

2.31.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661, DIO8 E Cable M12 ID – Art. No. 56 66500

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

2.31.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661,DIO8 E Cable M12 ID – Art. No. 56 66500

Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. total current 1.6 A Overload / short circuit fuse Yes, automatic restart Tripping time <1.5 s and 23°C ambient temperature

Page 205: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 205

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E Cable – Art. No. 56 661,DIO8 E Cable M12 ID – Art. No. 56 66500

Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 60 mA per channel Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

The sensors (Art. No. 56 661) are supplied via the actuator supply.

Page 206: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 206

2.32 Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662

2.32.1 Dimension drawing

30

151

22

34,5

5

75

Fig. 103: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E Cable

Page 207: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 207

2.32.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 220 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections customer-specific pre-wired

2.32.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 0.5 A Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse ≤ 0.3 A Automatic restart

> 0.3 A Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Page 208: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 208

Technical Data Cube67 DIO16 E Cable 0.5A – Art. No. 56 662 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) Cable length max. 0.5 m (pre-wired) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 209: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 209

2.33 Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663

2.33.1 Dimension drawing

30

151

75

22

34,5

Fig. 104: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663

Page 210: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 210

2.33.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

10 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 160 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.33.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 Max. number of inputs 8 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes

Page 211: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 211

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Over voltage protection Yes (Z diode) Cable diameter Max. 0.25 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 1 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 212: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 212

2.34 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box

DIO8/DI8 E TB Box, Art. No. 56 681

DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK, Art. No. 56 68100

2.34.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 105: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box

Page 213: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 213

2.34.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681, DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Basic housing Polystyrene, flame retardant, impact-proof UL 94 Cap Polycarbonate, transparent Colored spring clamp terminal polyamide (not flame retardant) Transparent spring clamp terminal

polyamide (not flame retardant)

Spring clamp terminal contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP66 (only in screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

5 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 30 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 280 g Torques Screw connection of cap 1 ± 0.2 Nm Cable glands Cap nut 1 Nm Thread 0.5 + 0.2 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections Spring clamp terminal

When selecting the installation site you have to evaluate the protection class, the

climatical conditions, and possible chemical influences. The following table shows

the chemical resistance of the housing components.

Page 214: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 214

Agr

essi

ve

med

ia

wea

k ac

id

stro

ng a

cid

wea

k al

kali

stro

ng a

lkal

i

alco

hol

benz

ine

benz

ol

min

eral

oil

Die

sel

amm

onia

vege

tabl

e fa

ts

anim

al fa

ts

Basic housing

Cap

Tab. 30: Resistance of the Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box housing materials to agressive media

not resistant conditionally resistant resistant

2.34.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681, DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100

Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multi fuse (for each channel) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Page 215: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 215

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681, DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class A QP 37 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class A

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 216: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 216

2.35 Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691

2.35.1 Dimension drawing

54

117

29

46

Fig. 106: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691

Page 217: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 217

2.35.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Base plate AlMg Housing AIMg black anodized Contact carrier M12 PLC (UL94 V0), black Contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated Colored spring clamp terminal Polyamide (not flame retardant) Transparent spring clamp terminal

Polyamide (not flame retardant)

Spring clamp terminal contact CuZn, with nickel sublayer and gold plated Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP20 (only in screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

5 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 30 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 152 g Torques Screw connection of cap 1 ± 0.2 Nm Cable glands Cap nut 1 Nm Thread 0.5 + 0.2 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections Spring clamp terminal

2.35.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 8 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multi fuse (for each channel) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Page 218: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 218

Technical Data Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at inductive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 219: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 219

2.36 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700

2.36.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 107: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700

Page 220: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 220

2.36.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) - Art. No. 56 700 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.36.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700Max. number of inputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Page 221: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 221

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Analog input No Inputs Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel Conversion type successive approximation Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels PIN 2 positive differential voltage input PIN 4 negative differential voltage input Measuring range -10V to +10V (15 Bits with leading sign bit) 0 to 10 V (15 Bits without sign) max. analog input voltage -12 V or +12 V Input resistance approx. 1 MΩ Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative measuring error ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative short circuit at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative short circuit under EMC conditions ≤ ±1% of range limit

Repetition accuracy ≤ ±0.03% relative to the absolute value Calibration self-calibrating Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC

power input EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 222: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 222

2.37 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)

AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701

AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA– Art. No. 56 70150

2.37.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,575

151

5

Fig. 108: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U)

Page 223: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 223

2.37.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701, Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA – Art. No. 56 70150

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 145 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.37.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701, Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA – Art. No. 56 70150

Max. number of inputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Page 224: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 224

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 701, Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) VA – Art. No. 56 70150

Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes Inputs Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel Conversion type successive approximation Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels PIN 2 positive differential voltage input PIN 4 negative differential voltage input Measuring range 0 mA … 20 mA (15 Bits) 4 mA … 20 mA (15 Bits) max. analog input current 22 mA Load resistance approx. 300 Ω Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative measuring error ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative short circuit at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative short circuit under EMC conditions ≤ ±1% of range limit

Repetition accuracy ≤ ±0.03% relative to the absolute value Calibration self-calibrating Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 225: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 225

2.38 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710

2.38.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 109: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710

Page 226: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 226

2.38.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.38.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 Max. number of outputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 75 mA Actuator supply Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A) Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart after 1 sec. max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2 Reverse polarity protection Module electronics Yes Analog outputs No

Page 227: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 227

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 Outputs Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel Signal delay approx. 2 ms + conversion time of active channels PIN 4 analog voltage output PIN 2 not used Voltage range -10 V … +10 V (11 Bits with leading sign) 0 … 10 V (11 Bits) max. analog output voltage +10 V or -10V Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative error of output value ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative error of output value at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit

relative error of output value under EMC conditions ≤ ±2% of range limit

Load ≥ 500 Ω max. capacitive load 1 µF Response time max. resistive load 0.070 ms max. capacitive load 0.800 ms Nonlinearity ≤ ±0.3% of range limit Output ripple ≤ ±0.3% of range limit Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.

Page 228: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 228

2.39 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711

2.39.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

7515

1

5

Fig. 110: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U)

Page 229: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 229

2.39.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C…55°C Storage temperature -20°C…75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 170 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm Connections System connection IN M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole System connection OUT M12 connector (B coded) 6-pole Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.39.3 Elektrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711 Max. number of outputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 75 mA Actuator supply Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A) Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2 Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Analog outputs No

Page 230: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 230

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 711 Bus data Transfer protocol internal Transfer rates 1 MBaud Addressing automatically Outputs Conversion time approx. 1 ms pro Kanal Signal delay approx. 2,5 … 5,5 ms PIN 4 analog voltage output PIN 2 not used Voltage range -10 V … +10 V 0 … 10 V max. analog output voltage +10 V or -10V Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative error of output value ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative error of output value at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit

Cable length (I/O) max. 30 m Diagnosis Short circuit analog output > 0,4 V or analog output < -0,4 V EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B

QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.

Page 231: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 231

2.40 Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)

AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720

AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050

2.40.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 111: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I)

Page 232: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 232

2.40.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720, Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 72050)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 150 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.40.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720, Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050

Max. number of outputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Actuator supply Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A) Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart after 1 sec. max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2 Reverse polarity protection Module electronics Yes Analog outputs No Outputs Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel Signal delay approx. 2 ms + conversion time of active channels

Page 233: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 233

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 720, Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 72050

PIN 4 analog current output PIN 2 not used Current range 0 … 20 mA (11 Bits) 4 … 20 mA (11 Bits) max. analog output current 20 mA Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative error of output value ≤ ±0.3% of range limit relative error of output value at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit

relative error of output value under EMC conditions ≤ ±0.5% of range limit

Load resistance ≤ 500 Ω max. capacitive load 1 µF Response time max. resistive load 0.020 ms max. capacitive load 2.100 ms Nonlinearity ≤ ±0.3% of range limit Output ripple ≤ ±0.3% of range limit Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.

Page 234: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 234

2.41 Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721

2.41.1 Dimension drawings

30

22

34,5

7515

1

5

Fig. 112: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I)

Page 235: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 235

2.41.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C…55°C

Storage temperature -20°C…75°C

Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black

M12 O ring Viton, green

Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50

Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)

Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 170 g

Torques

M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm

M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm

Connections System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin

System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin

Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.41.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721Max. number of outputs 4

Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%

Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Actuator supply Supply voltage at Pin 1 Max. 1.6 A per M12 socket (total current for complete module max. 4 A)

Overload / short circuit fuse yes, with automatic restart

max. cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm2

Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes

- Analog outputs No

Bus data Transfer protocol internal

Transfer rates 1 MBaud

Addressing automatically

Outputs Conversion time approx. 1 ms per channel

Signal delay approx. 2,5 … 5,5 ms

PIN 4 analog current output

Current range 0 …20 mA

4 … 20 mA

Page 236: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 236

Technical Data Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 721max. analoger output current 20 mA

Data format 11 bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format

relative error of output value ≤ ±0.3% of range limit

relative error of output value at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative error of output value under EMC conditions ≤ ±0.5% of range limit

Cable length (I/O) max. 30 m

Diagnosis Overload detection > 3.5 mA

Within a range of 4 to 6 mA, the overload diagnostic may not function correctly.

EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD Contakt ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV

EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30-230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1

Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2

Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

The sensors are supplied via the actuator supply.

Page 237: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 237

2.42 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)

AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730

AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050

2.42.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 113: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I)

Page 238: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 238

2.42.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C

Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C

Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black

M12 O ring Viton, green

Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 73050)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50

Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)

Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 140 g

Torques

- M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm

- M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm

Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.42.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730,Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050

Max. number of inputs 4

Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%

Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket

Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket)

≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required

Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes

Inputs Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel

Conversion type successive approximation

Signal delay 2.5 ms + conversion time of the number of active channels

Page 239: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 239

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 730,Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) VA – Art. No. 56 73050

PIN 2 positive differential voltage input

PIN 4 negative differential voltage input

Measuring range 0 mA to 20 mA (15 Bits)

4 mA to 20 mA (15 Bits)

max. analog input current 22 mA

Load resistance approx. 300 Ω

Data format 15 bits, Motorola or optionally Intel format

relative measuring error ≤ ±0.3% of range limit

relative measuring error at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative measuring error under EMC conditions ≤ ±1% of range limit

Repetition accuracy ≤ ±0.03% relative to the absolute value

Calibration self-calibrating

Cable length max. 30 m

EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV

EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B

QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1

Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2

Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 240: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 240

2.43 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731

2.43.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

7515

1

5

Fig. 114: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I)

Page 241: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 241

2.43.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C…55°C

Storage temperature -20°C…75°C

Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black

M12 O ring Viton, green

Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50

Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)

Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 170 g

Torques

M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm

M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm

Connections System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin

System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin

Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.43.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731Number of inputs 4

Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%

Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Sensor supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket

Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket)

≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required

Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection Module electronics Yes

Bus data Transfer protocol internal

Transfer rates 1 MBaud

Addressing automatically

Inputs Conversion time approx. 2 ms per channel

Conversion type successive approximation

Signal delay 4,5 ms … 10,5 ms

Input characteristic EN 61131-2

PIN 2 Positive analog input

Page 242: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 242

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) – Art. No. 56 731PIN 4 negativ analog input

Measure range 0 mA … 20 mA

4 mA … 20 mA

max. analog input current 23 mA

Load resistance approx. 50 Ω

Data format 15 Bit, Motorola or optionally Intel format

relative measuring error ≤ ±0.3% of range limit

Repetition accuracy ≤ ±0.03% relative to the absolute value

Calibration self-calibrating

Cable length max. 30 m

Diagnosis Upper limit 0 … 20 mA > 20 mA

Overload 4 … 20 mA < 2 mA

Lower limit 4 … 20 mA < 4 mA

EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV

EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1

Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2

Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 243: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 243

2.44 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD

AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740

AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA– Art. No. 56 74050

2.44.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 115: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD

Page 244: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 244

2.44.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA – Art. No. 56 74050

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C

Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C

Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black

M12 O ring Viton, green

Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 74050)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50

Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)

Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 140 g

Torques

M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm

M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm

Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.44.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA – Art. No. 56 74050

Max. number of inputs 4

Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%

Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Inputs Conversion time 58 ms per channel (total 232 ms), with filter 573 ms (total 2290 ms)

Conversion type Delta/Sigma

Signal delay 58 ms (573 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels

PIN 1 Power source (red)

Page 245: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 245

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 740, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD VA – Art. No. 56 74050

PIN 2 3 and 4 wire input (red)

PIN 3 GND (white)

PIN 4 4 wire input (white)

PIN 5 Not used

Measuring resistors Platinum: 100. 200, 500, 1000

Nickel: 100, 120, 200, 500, 1000

Resistance: 0…3000 Ω resist.

Input resistance >1 MΩ

Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format

relative measuring error ≤ ±0.5% of range limit, nickel 1%

relative measuring error at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit, nickel 1% relative measuring error under EMC conditions ≤ ±5% of range limit

Calibration self-calibrating

Cable length max. 30 m

EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV

EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B

QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1

Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2

Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 246: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 246

2.45 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741

2.45.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

7515

1

5

Fig. 116: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD

Page 247: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 247

2.45.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C…55°C

Storage temperature -20°C…75°C

Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black

M12 O ring Viton, green

Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50

Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)

Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 170 g

Torques

M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm

M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm

Connections System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin

System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin

Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.45.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741 Number of inputs 4

Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%

Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Power supply Operating voltage UB and sensor supply 24 V IN

24 V DC (must always be connected)

Operating voltage range 18 ... 30 V DC

Summenstrom (ohne Inputs) ≤ 50 mA

Bus data Transfer protocol internal

Transfer rates 1 MBaud

Addressing automatically

Inputs Conversion time 58 ms per channel (total 232 ms), with filter 573 ms (total 2290 ms)

Conversion type Delta/Sigma

Signal delay 58 ms (573 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels

Page 248: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 248

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 741 PIN 1 Power source (red)

PIN 2 3 and 4 wire input (red)

PIN 3 GND (white)

PIN 4 4 wire input (white)

PIN 5 Not used

Input characteristic EN 61131-2

Measuring resistors Platinum: 100. 200, 500, 1000 (IEC 751)

Nickel: 100, 200, 500, 1000 (DIN 43760); 1208 (EC 7)

Resistance: 0 … 3000 Ω

Input resistance >1 MΩ

Data format 15 Bit plus sign, Motorola or Intel-Format

relative measuring error ≤ ±0.5% of range limit, nickel 1%

relative measuring error at 55 °C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit, nickel 1% relative measuring error under EMC conditions ≤ ±5% of range limit

Calibration self-calibrating

Cable length max. 30 m

Diagnosis Platinum Lower limit < -200 °C; upper limit > 850 °C

Nickel Lower limit < -60 °C; upper limit > 250 °C

Resistance > 3000 Ω

Overload Wire break, incorrect connection

EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV

EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178RatedVoltage IEC 60664-1

Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2

Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

8 Im Temperaturbereich -45 °C … -30°C kann der rel. Messfehler ± 5% vom Bereichsendwert betragen.

Page 249: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 249

2.46 Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH)

AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748

AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art. No. 56 74850

2.46.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 117: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH)

Page 250: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 250

2.46.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art. No. 56 74850

Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Turning parts stainless steel (only 56 74850)

X 5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 (1.4401)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.46.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art. No. 56 74850

Max. number of inputs 4 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Inputs Conversion time 65 ms per channel (total 310 ms), with filter 200 ms (total 860 ms) Conversion type Delta/Sigma Signal delay 115 ms (250 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels PIN 1 KTY + PIN 2 Input TH+ PIN 3 KTY- PIN 4 Input TH- PIN 5 Not used Thermo elements K, N, E, J, R

Page 251: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 251

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 748, Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) VA – Art. No. 56 74850

Input resistance >1 MΩ Data format 15 bits plus sign, Motorola or optionally Intel format relative measuring error ≤ ±0.5% of range limit relative measuring error at 55°C ≤ ±0.5% of range limit

Calibration self-calibrating Cable length max. 30 m EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC

power input EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this module.

Page 252: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 252

2.47 Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH – Art. No. 56 749

2.47.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

7515

1

5

Fig. 118: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH

Page 253: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 253

2.47.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD – Art. No. 56 749 Ambient conditionsOperating temperature 0°C … 55°C

Storage temperature -20°C … 75°C

Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black

M12 O ring Viton, green

Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50

Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)

Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information Weight 170 g

Torques

M12 Round Plug Connectors 0,6 Nm

M4 fixing screw 1,1±0,1 Nm

Connections System connections IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin

System connections OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin

Sensor connections 4 x M12 – round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.47.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 749, Number of inputs 4

Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%

Current consumption approx. 50 mA

Bus data Transfer protocol internal

Transfer rates 1 MBaud

Addressing automatically

Inputs Conversion time 65 ms per channel (total 310 ms), with filter 200 ms (total 860 ms)

Conversion type Delta/Sigma

Signal delay 115 ms (250 ms) + number of conversion time of active channels

Cold junction compensation Via KTY-M12 connector (Art. No. 56945 / 56946)

PIN 1 KTY +

PIN 2 Input TH+

PIN 3 KTY-

PIN 4 Input TH-

PIN 5 Not used

Thermocouple K, N, E, J, R

Input resistance >1 MΩ

Page 254: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 254

Technical Data Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (TH) – Art. No. 56 749, Data format 15 Bit plus sign, alternativ Motorola- oder Intel-Format

relative measuring error 0.5% of range limit

relative measuring error at 55°C 0.5% of range limit

Calibration Self calibrating

Cable length max. 30 m

Measure range K -150 °C … 1372 °C

N -150 °C … 1300 °C

J -150 °C … 1200 °C

E -150 °C … 1000 °C

R -50 °C … 1768 °C

Diagnosis Overload TH Wire break TH

Overload KTY Wire break KTY or KTY not connected

EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contakt ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV

EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./ symmetrical ± 0,5 kV DC power input

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength QP 30 dBµV/m (30-230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230-1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1

Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2

Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Use only "ungrounded" sensors in order to ensure the functionality of this

module.

Page 255: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 255

2.48 Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750

2.48.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 119: Dimensions Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 750

Page 256: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 256

2.48.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.48.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750Number of inputs 4 Number of counter inputs 2 Number of outputs 2 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse

Multifuse (for each M12 socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 1.6 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Page 257: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 257

Technical Data Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12– Art. No. 56 750

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Counter inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Countfrequency max. 300 kHz Count depth and data format 32 Bit ( 31+VZ) Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 258: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 258

2.49 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752

2.49.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 120: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752

Page 259: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 259

2.49.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C…70°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

10 – 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm 58 – 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 210 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm M4 fixing screw 2 ±0.5 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole 2.49.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 Max. number of inputs 16 Max. number of outputs 16 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption ≤ 100 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse for sensors Multifuse (for each M12 socket)

≤ 100 mA Automatic restart > 100 mA Reset required

Overload / short circuit fuse for IO link Multifuse (for each M12 socket)

≤ 300 mA Automatic restart > 300 mA Reset required

Multifuse tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current max. 1.6 A per channel Max. total current max. 4 A per supply

Page 260: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 260

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 2 … 5 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load max. 30 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 … 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 1 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 261: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 261

2.50 Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12– Art. No. 56 760

2.50.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

75

126

5

Fig. 121: Dimensions Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 – Art. No. 56 760

Page 262: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 262

2.50.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12– Art. No. 56 760 Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94, V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 125 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.10.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 2 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole RS 485 M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.50.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12– Art. No. 56 760 Max. number of inputs 4 Max. number of outputs 4 RS 485 1 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket

Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12 socket)

≤ 100 mA Automatic restart > 100 mA Reset required

Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes

Page 263: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 263

Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Signal delay 7 ms Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 2 ... 4 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) RS485 Transfer rate 9600 Baud, half duplex Transfer modes 8 Bit, Even parity, 1 stopbit Bit transfer differencial signal Cable impedance 120 Ω Cable length max.1,200 m with PROFIBUS cable Electrical insulation galvanically Bytes in the process image 3 Control bytes, 5 User bytes Data buffer 64 bytes input, 64 bytes output, FIFO EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 264: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 264

2.51 Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761

2.51.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 122: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761

Page 265: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 265

2.51.2 Mechanical data

Mechanical data Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... +55°C Storage temperature -25°C ... +70°C Enclosure type according to EN 60529 IP 67 Mechanical ambient conditions Oscillation according to EN 60068 Part 2-6 10 – 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm

58 – 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g Shock according to EN 60068 Part 2-27 Amplitude 50 g, 11 ms duration Connection possibilitiesInternal system connection IN M12 male plug connector 6-pin Internal system connection OUT M12 female plug connector 6-pin Sensor / Actuator 2x M12 female connector 5-pin RS485 M12 female connector 5-pin (Reverse-Key

coding) RS232 M12 female connector 5-pin (Reverse-Key

coding) Miscellaneous Dimensions (LxWxH) in mm 151 x 30 x 34,5 mm Mounting dimension in mm 75 ± 0.5 mm Weight Approx. 170 g

2.51.3 Electrical Data

Electrical data Cube Slave IP67 M12 socket 0, 1, contact 4 2 inputs or 2 outputs M12 socket 0, 1, contact 2 2 diagnostics or 2 inputs or 2 outputs M12 socket 2 RS485 M12 socket 3 RS232 Bus data Transfer protocol Internal System Transfer rates 1 MBaud Addressing Automatic Power supply Operation voltage UB and Sensor power supply 24V IN

24 V DC (must always be connected)

Actuator power supply 24V 24 V DC Current per pin Max. 4 A Operation voltage range 18 ... 30 V DC Current consumption (without inputs) ≤ 80 mA

Page 266: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 266

Electrical data Sensor supply (M12 socket 0, 1) Max. 200 mA per socket DIO Short circuit protection for sensors Multi-fuse

Up to 100 mA load: Automatic start-up From 100 mA load: A reset is required

Sensor supply (M12 socket 2) Max. 700 mA socket RS485 Short circuit protection for RS485 Multi-fuse

Up to 300 mA load: Automatic start-up From 300 mA load: A reset is required

Multi-fuse reaction time (time to trip) 1s at IK ≥1 A and 23°C Connector M12 (Max. 0.75 mm2) Reverse polarity protection, inputs Yes Inputs / Diagnosis Delay time for signal change 2 … 5 ms Input characteristics EN 61131-2, Type 2 Outputs Actuator current load Max. 0.5 A per actuator Connector M12 (Max. 0.75 mm2) Cycle frequency Max. 50 Hz Lamp load Max. 10 W RS232 / RS485 commonTransmit buffer size 512 … 3 584 Byte FIFO Receive buffer size 512 … 3 584 Byte FIFO Total buffer size 4 096 Byte Data transfer rate 150 to 230 400 Baud Bus data protocol Polling, request Data bits 5 … 8 Bit Stop bits 1, 1.5, 2 Bit Data parity None, Even, Odd, Mark, Space Data packet size 3 … 125 Byte Electrical isolation Galvanically, seperated GND RS485 Physical signal Differential voltage Cable impedance 120Ω Cable length Max. 1 200 m (shielded) Voltage level, referred to separated GND: Receive -60V … -0.2V

+60V… +0.2V Transmit, unloaded > +4.1V logic 0

< -4.1V logic 1

Transmit, 50 Ω load > +1.8V logic 0 < -1.8V logic 1

Transmit, 18 Ω load > +1.1V logic 0 < -1.1V logic 1

Duplex Half duplex RS232 Physical signal Single ended Cable length Max. 15 m (shielded)

Page 267: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 267

Electrical data Voltage level, referred to separated GND: Receive -3V … -31V logic 1

+3V… +31V logic 0 Transmit < -13.5V logic 1

> +13.5V logic 0 Duplex Full duplex EMC EN 61131-2 Product standard EN 61000-4-2 ESD Contact ± 4 kV, air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 RF-Field & GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 1 kV EN 61000-4-5 Surge Asym./symm. ± 500 V (DC input)

Asym. ± 1 kV (Signal connections) EN 61000-4-6 HF-asymmetric 10 V EN 61000-4-8 Magnetic field 50 Hz 30 A/m EN 55011 Emission QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz)

QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) (class B)

Page 268: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 268

2.52 Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765

2.52.1 Dimension drawing

Fig. 123: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765

Page 269: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 269

2.52.2 Mechanical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765

Ambient conditions

Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C

Storage temperature -25°C…70°C

Flammability class UL 94 V0

Materials

Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black

M12 O ring Viton, green

Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0)

Mechanical data

Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50

Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition)

Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-

2-6

10 – 58 Hz; const. amplitude 0.35 mm

58 – 150 Hz; const. acceleration 15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms

Design information

Weight 210 g

Torques

M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 +0.1 Nm

M4 fixing screw 2 ±0.5 Nm

Connections

System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

I/O connections 8 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

Page 270: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 270

2.52.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765

Max. number of inputs 16

Max. number of outputs 16

Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25%

Current consumption ≤ 100 mA

Sensor Supply

Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket

Overload / short circuit fuse

for sensors Multifuse (for each M12 socket)

≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required

Overload / short circuit fuse

for IO link Multifuse (for each M12 socket)

≤ 300 mA Automatic restart

> 300 mA Reset required

Multifuse tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature

Reverse polarity protection

- Module electronics Yes

- Sensors Yes

- Actuators Yes

Outputs

Nominal current max. 1.6 A per channel

Max. total current max. 4 A per supply

Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m

0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm²

Signal delay 2 … 5 ms

Page 271: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 271

Technical Data Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765

Max. switching frequency at

resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at

resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load max. 30 W

Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms

Inputs

Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2

Input filter approx. 1 ms

Signal delay 2 … 4 ms

Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

EMC

EN 61131-2 Programmable

controllers - Part 2:

Equipment requirements and

tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV

EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m

EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 1 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge

asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC

power input

asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V

EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz)

class B

QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz)

class B

Insulation EN 50178

Rated voltage IEC 60664-1

Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2

Contact resistance ≤ 5 m

Page 272: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 272

2.53 Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771

2.53.1 Dimension drawing

30

22

34,5

7515

1

5

Fig. 124: Dimensions Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771

Page 273: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 273

2.53.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12– Art. No. 56 771Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight 140 g Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections System connection M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole I/O connections 4 x M12 - round plug connector (A-coded) 5-pole

2.53.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12– Art. No. 56 771 Number of inputs 6 Number of outputs 2 Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 50 mA Sensor Supply Max. current max. 200 mA per M12 socket Overload / short circuit fuse Multifuse (for each M12

socket) ≤ 100 mA Automatic restart

> 100 mA Reset required Tripping time 1 s at Ik ≥ 1 A und 23°C ambient temperature Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes

Page 274: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 274

Technical Data Cube67 Logic E 4xM12– Art. No. 56 771 - Sensors Yes - Actuators Yes Outputs Nominal current 0.5 A per channel Max. total current 4 A Over voltage protection Yes (varistor)

Cable length 0.75 mm² Max. 10 m 0.34 mm² Max. 5 m

Cable diameter Max. 1.5 mm² Max. switching frequency at resistive load 50 Hz

Max. switching frequency at resistive load 5 Hz

Max. lamp load 10 W Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms Inputs Input characteristics IEC 1131-2, type 2 Input filter approx. 1 ms Signal delay 7 ms Over voltage protection Yes (varistor) EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Insulation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 275: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 275

2.54 Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955

2.54.1 Dimension drawing

151

3022

35,5

Fig. 125: Dimensions 3.21 Cube67 PD 7/8“ – Art. No. 56 955

Page 276: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 276

2.54.2 Mechanical data

Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955Ambient conditions Operating temperature 0°C ... 55°C Storage temperature -25°C … 75°C Flammability class UL 94 V0 Materials Housing PBT (UL94 V0), black M12 O ring Viton, green Light comb + light ring PC (UL94, V0) Mechanical data Mating cycles / contact ≤ 50 Protection acc. to EN 60629 IP 67 (only in plugged and screwed condition) Vibration, sinusoidal EN 60068-2-6

15 g

Shock, half-sine EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms Design information Weight Torques M12 Round Plug Connectors 0.6 Nm M4 fixing screw 1.1±0.1 Nm Connections Power supply Line 7/8" connector 5-pole External actuator supply (output) M12 connector (A coded) 6-pole

2.54.3 Electrical Data

Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955Number of outputs 4 - non switchable (external actuator supply output) Operating voltage 24V DC ± 25% Current consumption approx. 30 mA Reverse polarity protection - Module electronics Yes Outputs Yes Outputs Nominal current 4 A per system connection Max. total current 9 A Over voltage protection Yes (suppressor diode) Cable length 0.5 mm² Max. 5 m Overload / short circuit fuse electronic short circuit detection, tripping time < 10 ms EMC EN 61131-2 Programmable controllers - Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61000-4-2 ESD contact ± 4 kV ; air ± 8 kV EN 61000-4-3 HF-field + GSM 10 V/m EN 61000-4-4 Burst ± 2 kV

EN 61000-4-5 Surge asym./symmetrical ± 0.5 kV DC power input asym. ± 1 kV signal connections

Page 277: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 277

Technical Data Cube67 PD 7/8" – Art. No. 56 955EN 61000-4-6 HF asymmetrical 10 V EN 61000-4-8 magnet field 50 Hz 30 A/m

EN 61000-6-3 interference strength

QP 30 dBµV/m (30 - 230 MHz) class B QP 37 dBµV/m (230 - 1000 MHz) class B

Isolation EN 50178Rated voltage IEC 60664-1 Insulation resistance IEC 60512-2 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ

Page 278: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 278

3. Accessories

3.1 General accessories

Terminating resistorsArt. No. Quantity Description7000-14041-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 PROFIBUS (male)

7000-13461-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 DeviceNet / CANopen (male)

7000-13471-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 DeviceNet / CANopen (female)

7002-15041-0000000 1 pc. Terminating resistor M12 for the internal system connection (male)

Blank plugs Art. No. Quantity Description56 951 4 pcs. Blind plug M12 Cube67 BP (for internal system connection)

58 627 10 pcs. M12 blind plug

38 58627 10 pcs. M8 blind plug

7000-13481-0000000 1 pc. Blind plug diagnostic M12x1

Connector for field wiring Art. No. Description 7000-14001-0000000 PROFIBUS M12 connector male B-coded straight (shielded)

7000-14021-0000000 PROFIBUS M12 connector female B-coded straight (shielded)

7000-12761-0000000 DeviceNet / CANopen Bus M12 connector male a-coded straight

7000-12961-0000000 DeviceNet / CANopen Bus M12 connector female a-coded straight

7000-78081-0000000 Power 7/8" connector straight

7000-78201-0000000 Power 7/8" connector female straight

7000-99031-0000000 Torque wrench M12 7000-99030-0000000 Mounting key M12

Terminals Art. No.

Male straight Male 90° Female straight Female 90° 4...6 7000-13301-0000000 7000-13341-0000000 7000-13381-0000000 7000-13421-0000000 6...8 7000-13321-0000000 7000-13361-0000000 7000-13401-0000000 7000-13441-0000000

Page 279: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 279

Power T-coupler 7/8"Configuration

Art. No. Note

7000-50061-0000000 Male-Female-Female

Cube67 Power T-coupler Configuration Art. No. Note

47 316 Female-Male-Male

Desina®-Sensor Nominal operating distance: 2 mm flush (protected 0...1.6 mm) Operating voltage: 10...30 V DC Current-carrying capacity: Short-circuit protected and polarity protected Switching frequency: 800 Hz

Art. No. Description17 259 Desina®-Sensor M12 x 1

Adapter for internal system connectionsArt. No. Description56 947 Cube67 FSC Pin M12 56 948 Cube67 FSC Socket M12 Mount 56 949 Cube67 FSC Socket M12

Module accessories for 56 748 AI4 C 4xM12 THArt. No. Description56 945 Cube67KTY M12 (straight)

56 946 Cube67KTY M12 (90°)

Page 280: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 280

Valve plugs form A Pin spacing 18 mm Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC, pressure switch 24 V DC Max. operating current 4 A

Art. No. Line direction Note7000-41341-0000000

M12 top connection LED yellow, protection circuit for valves

7000-41361-0000000 LED yellow/green for push button

7000-41461-0000000 M12 rear connection

LED yellow, protection circuit for valves

7000-41481-0000000 LED yellow/green for push button

Valve connector combination Form A Pin spacing 18 mm Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC Max. operating current 4 A

Art. No. Line direction Cable length7000-41501-2260000

M12 top connection

100 mm

7000-41521-2260000 150 mm

7000-41541-2260000 200 mm

7000-41561-2260000

M12 rear connection

100 mm

7000-41581-2260000 150 mm

7000-41601-2260000 200 mm

Cable gland Art. No. Quantity Description55 357 2 pcs. M16 for 1.5 cable diameter 5...10 mm

Documentation 56 970 Cube67 System Manual (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

56 971 Cube67 Technical Data (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

56 980 Cube67 Bus System Manual PROFIBUS (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

56 981 Cube67 Bus System Manual DeviceNet (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

56 982 Cube67 Bus System Manual CANopen (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

56 983 Cube67 Bus System Manual BN-E (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

56 984 Cube67 Bus System Manual DeviceNet V2 (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

56 985 Cube67 Bus System Manual BN-PNIO (Ger./Engl./Fren.)

Other system accessories on request +49 (0) 7191/47-0

Page 281: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 281

3.2 Cables

DeviceNet / CANopen DeviceNet / CANopen

Male - Female straight - straight

Art. No. Length Male - Female 90° - 90° Art. No. Length

7000-40531-8030030 0.3 m

7000-40551-8030030 0.3 m

7000-40531-8030060 0.6 m 7000-40551-8030060 0.6 m

7000-40531-8030100 1.0 m 7000-40551-8030030 1.0 m

7000-40531-8030200 2.0 m 7000-40551-8030200 2.0 m

7000-40531-8030300 3.0 m 7000-40551-8030300 3.0 m

7000-40531-8030500 5.0 m 7000-40551-8030500 5.0 m

PROFIBUS PROFIBUS

Male - Female straight - straight

Art. No. Length Male - Female 90°- 90° Art. No. Length

7000-44001-8400030 0.3 m

7000-44021-8400030 0.3 m

7000-44001-8400060 0.6 m 7000-44021-8400060 0.6 m

7000-44001-8400100 1.0 m 7000-44021-8400100 1.0 m

7000-44001-8400200 2.0 m 7000-44021-8400200 2.0 m

7000-44001-8400300 3.0 m 7000-44021-8400300 3.0 m

7000-44001-8400500 5.0 m 7000-44021-8400500 5.0 m

Page 282: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 282

Internal system connection Internal system connection

Male - Female straight - straight

Art. No. Length Male - Female 90°- 90° Art. No. Length

7000-46041-8020030 0.3 m

7000-46061-8020030 0.3 m

7000-46041-8020060 0.6 m 7000-46061-8020060 0.6 m

7000-46041-8020100 1.0 m 7000-46061-8020100 1.0 m

7000-46041-8020150 1.5 m 7000-46061-8020150 1.5 m

7000-46041-8020200 2.0 m 7000-46061-8020200 2.0 m

7000-46041-8020250 2.5 m 7000-46061-8020250 2.5 m

7000-46041-8020300 3.0 m 7000-46061-8020300 3.0 m

7000-46041-8020350 3.5 m 7000-46061-8020350 3.5 m

7000-46041-8020400 4.0 m 7000-46061-8020400 4.0 m

7000-46041-8020450 4.5 m 7000-46061-8020450 4.5 m

7000-46041-8020500 5.0 m 7000-46061-8020500 5.0 m

External Power External Power

Male - Female straight - straight

Art. No. Length Male - Female 90°- 90° Art. No. Length

7000-46001-4140030 0.3 m

7000-46021-4140030 0.3 m

7000-46001-4140060 0.6 m 7000-46021-4140060 0.6 m

7000-46001-4140100 1.0 m 7000-46021-4140100 1.0 m

7000-46001-4140150 1.5 m 7000-46021-4140150 1.5 m

7000-46001-4140200 2.0 m 7000-46021-4140200 2.0 m

7000-46001-4140250 2.5 m 7000-46021-4140250 2.5 m

7000-46001-414030 3.0 m 7000-46021-4140300 3.0 m

7000-46001-4140350 3.5 m 7000-46021-4140350 3.5 m

7000-46001-4140400 4.0 m 7000-46021-4140400 4.0 m

7000-46001-4140450 4.5 m 7000-46021-4140450 4.5 m

7000-46001-4140500 5.0 m 7000-46021-4140500 5.0 m

Female straight Art. No. Length Female 90° Art. No. Length

7000-15001-4140100 1.0 m 7000-15021-4140100 1.0 m

7000-15001-4140200 2.0 m 7000-15021-4140200 2.0 m

7000-15001-4140300 3.0 m 7000-15021-4140300 3.0 m

7000-15001-4140400 4.0 m 7000-15021-4140400 4.0 m

7000-15001-4140500 5.0 m .7000-15021-4140500 5.0 m

Page 283: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 283

Power Cable 7/8" Power Cable 7/8"

Female straight Art. No. Length

Male - Female straight - straight

Art. No. Length

7000-50021-9510030 0.3 m

7000-50021-9510060 0.6 m

7000-50021-9510100 1.0 m

7000-78021-9510150 1.5 m

7000-50021-9510200 2.0 m

7000-78021-9510300 3.0 m

7000-78021-9510500 5.0 m

7000-78021-9511000 10.0 m

Art. No. Description 7000-15101-1380500 MSBL0-2 138 5.0m Cube67-Safety

7000-15101-1381000 MSBL0-2 138 10.0m Cube67-Safety

I/O cable with M16 male connector for Cube 67 56 663 Art. No. Description

7000-16751-9620200 M16 male straight, with open ended wires, 2m PUR

7000-16851-9620200 M16 male 90°, with open ended wires, 2m PUR

Page 284: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 284

4. Table of Figures

Fig. 1: Mounting position .................................................................................................................... 25 Fig. 2: Cube67+ .................................................................................................................................. 26 Fig. 3: Cube20 .................................................................................................................................... 27 Fig. 4: Minimum spacings ................................................................................................................... 27 Fig. 5: Minimum spacings ................................................................................................................... 28 Fig. 6: Mounting position BN Cube67................................................................................................. 34 Fig. 7: Rotary switch BN Cube67 ....................................................................................................... 35 Fig. 8: FE connection at the cap of the bus node Cube67 ................................................................. 36 Fig. 9: Mounting the Cap of the Bus Node Cube67 ........................................................................... 37 Fig. 10: Example mounting BN Cube67 ........................................................................................... 38 Fig. 11: Mounting position BN Cube67+ ........................................................................................... 39 Fig. 12: FE connection at the bus node Cube67+ ............................................................................ 40 Fig. 13: Rotary switch BN Cube67+ ................................................................................................. 41 Fig. 14: Mounting example ............................................................................................................... 42 Fig. 15: Connection to the functional earth ....................................................................................... 44 Fig. 16: Single-row modules and modules with M8 sockets ............................................................. 45 Fig. 17: I/O modules mounted on profiles made of anodized aluminium ......................................... 46 Fig. 18: DIN rail and terminal assembly ............................................................................................ 47 Fig. 19: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-P ............................................................................. 48 Fig. 20: Overview of Connections Cube67+ BN-P ........................................................................... 49 Fig. 21: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN ........................................................................... 50 Fig. 22: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-C ............................................................................. 51 Fig. 23: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-E ............................................................................. 52 Fig. 24: Overview of Connections Cube67 BN-DN ........................................................................... 53 Fig. 25: Overview of connections Cube67 BN-P Hybrid ................................................................... 54 Fig. 26: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 600 ..................................................... 56 Fig. 27: Configuration external actuator supply ................................................................................ 57 Fig. 28: Connections Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 and 56 765 ...................... 58 Fig. 29: Connections Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641 .......................... 59 Fig. 30: Connections Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 - Art. No. 56 602 ..................................................... 60 Fig. 31: Connections Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56605 ........................................ 61 Fig. 32: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 .................................................................................. 62 Fig. 33: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 .................................................................................. 62 Fig. 34: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 620 ......................................................... 63 Fig. 35: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 621 ........................................................ 64 Fig. 36: Connections Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 - Art. No. 56 622 ......................................................... 65 Fig. 37: Connections Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623 ........................................................... 66 Fig. 38: Connections Cube67 DO16 E Valve K3 – Art. No. 56650 .................................................. 67 Fig. 39: Configuration external actuator supplies ............................................................................. 68 Fig. 40: Connections Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 – Art. No. 56 65003 .................................. 69 Fig. 41: Configuration external actuator supplies ............................................................................. 70 Fig. 42: Overview of connections Cube67 Valve .............................................................................. 71 Fig. 43: Connections Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5A – Art. No. 56663 .................................................. 72 Fig. 44: Contact configuration of M16 socket ................................................................................... 72

Page 285: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 285

Fig. 45: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box – Art. No. 56 681 .............................................. 73 Fig. 46: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box PK – Art. No. 56 68100..................................... 74 Fig. 47: Connections Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 .............................................. 75 Fig. 48: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700 ................................................... 76 Fig. 49: Overview of Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) ........................................................... 77 Fig. 50: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 ................................................. 78 Fig. 52: Connections Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) ............................................................................... 80 Fig. 54: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................. 82 Fig. 56: Connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD ............................................................................. 84 Fig. 57: Anschlussübersicht Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 RTD .................................................................. 85 Fig. 58: Overview of connections Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 TH ............................................................ 86 Fig. 59: Connections Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH ................................................................................ 87 Fig. 60: Overview of Connections Cube67 CNT C2 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 750 ................................. 88 Fig. 61: Connections Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 – Art. No. 56 760 .......................................... 89 Fig. 62: Overview of Connections Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761 ............ 90 Fig. 63: Overview of Connections Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771 .................................. 91 Fig. 64: Connections Cube67 PD 7/8" - Art. No. 56 955 .................................................................. 92 Fig. 65: Connections Cube20 BN67 DIO8 – Art. No. 56 450 ........................................................... 93 Fig. 66: Terminal assignments ........................................................................................................ 103 Fig. 67: Contact assignment of the 7/8" power connector .............................................................. 107 Fig. 68: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style) ................................................................ 107 Fig. 69: Configuration external actuator supply .............................................................................. 110 Fig. 70: Pin assignment power connector 7/8" (mini style) ............................................................. 111 Fig. 71: Mounting the 7/8" power connector (Mini-style) ................................................................ 111 Fig. 72: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56 501 ....................................................................... 113 Fig. 73: Dimensions Cube67+ BN-P Art. No. 56 521 ..................................................................... 116 Fig. 74: Dimensions Cube67 BN-DN .............................................................................................. 119 Fig. 75: Dimensions Cube67 BN-C Art. No. 56 504 ....................................................................... 122 Fig. 76: Dimensions Cube67 BN-E Art. No. 56 505 ....................................................................... 125 Fig. 77: Dimensions Cube67 BN-P Hybrid Art. No. 56 531 ............................................................ 128 Fig. 78: Dimensions Cube20 BN67 DIO8 Art. No. 56 450............................................................. 131 Fig. 79: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 600 ................................................... 134 Fig. 80: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E 8xM12 ................................................................................ 137 Fig. 81: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 C 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 602 ...................................................... 140 Fig. 82: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 603 ...................................................... 143 Fig. 83: Dimensions Cube67 DO6 (DO6) E 6xM12 K3 – Art. No. 56 605 ...................................... 146 Fig. 84: Dimensions Cube67 DI16 E 8xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 606 ............................................. 149 Fig. 85: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 610 ..................................................... 152 Fig. 86: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 .................................................................................. 155 Fig. 87: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 612 ........................................................ 158 Fig. 88: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 613 ........................................................ 161 Fig. 89: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 4xM12 NPN – Art. No. 56 616 ............................................... 164 Fig. 90: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 620 ....................................................... 167 Fig. 91: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 8xM8 .................................................................................... 170 Fig. 92: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 C 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 622 .......................................................... 173 Fig. 93: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 – Art. No. 56 623 .......................................................... 176 Fig. 94: Dimensions Cube67 DI8 E 8xM8 NPN – Art. No. 56 626 ................................................. 179 Fig. 95: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E 4xM12 1A – Art. No. 56 631 ................................................ 182 Fig. 96: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 C 8xM12 1.6A – Art. No. 56 640 ........................................... 185

Page 286: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 286

Fig. 97: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 DO16 E 16xM12 (1.6/2A) – Art. No. 56 641 ......................... 188 Fig. 98: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 C Valve K3 and Cube67 DO8 C Valve CPV(9) K3 ................ 191 Fig. 99: Dimensions Cube67 DO16 E Valve .................................................................................. 194 Fig. 100: Dimensions Cube67 DO8 E Valve .................................................................................... 197 Fig. 101: Dimensions Cube67 DO32 E Valve .................................................................................. 200 Fig. 102: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E Cable ................................................................................... 203 Fig. 103: Dimensions Cube67 DIO16 E Cable ................................................................................. 206 Fig. 104: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8 E M16 0.5 A – Art. No. 56 663 ................................................ 209 Fig. 105: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box .......................................................................... 212 Fig. 106: Dimensions Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Rail – Art. No. 56 691 .............................................. 216 Fig. 107: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 700 .................................................. 219 Fig. 108: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (U) ............................................................................... 222 Fig. 109: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (U) – Art. No. 56 710 ................................................ 225 Fig. 110: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (U) ............................................................................. 228 Fig. 111: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 C 4xM12 (I) .............................................................................. 231 Fig. 112: Dimensions Cube67 AO4 E 4xM12 (I) .............................................................................. 234 Fig. 113: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................ 237 Fig. 114: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 (I) ................................................................................ 240 Fig. 115: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 RTD ............................................................................ 243 Fig. 117: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 C 4xM12 (TH) ............................................................................ 249 Fig. 118: Dimensions Cube67 AI4 E 4xM12 TH ............................................................................... 252 Fig. 119: Dimensions Cube67 CNT2 C 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 750 .................................................... 255 Fig. 120: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 752 ........................................ 258 Fig. 121: Dimensions Cube67 DIO4 RS485 E 3xM12 – Art. No. 56 760 ......................................... 261 Fig. 122: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO4 RS232/485 E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 761 ................................ 264 Fig. 123: Dimensions Cube67+ DIO12 IOL4 E 8xM12 – Art. No. 56 765 ........................................ 268 Fig. 124: Dimensions Cube67 Logic E 4xM12 – Art. No. 56 771 ..................................................... 272 Fig. 125: Dimensions 3.21 Cube67 PD 7/8“ – Art. No. 56 955 ......................................................... 275

Page 287: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 287

5. Index of Tables

Tab. 1: Minimum Spacing for Assembly ................................................................................................ 27 Tab. 2: Overview Module Dimensions ................................................................................................... 30 Tab. 3: Overview of mounting holes ...................................................................................................... 33 Tab. 4: Pin configuration CPV valve control .......................................................................................... 67 Tab. 5: Pin configuration CPV(9) valve control ...................................................................................... 69 Tab. 6: Overview of customer-specific modules .................................................................................... 94 Tab. 7: Initial conditions ......................................................................................................................... 96 Tab. 8: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for digital inputs / outputs ............................................ 96 Tab. 9: Initial conditions ......................................................................................................................... 98 Tab. 10: Configuration M8 plug or M8 socket for digital inputs / outputs .............................................. 98 Tab. 11: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 100 Tab. 12: Configuration M16 - Socket or M16 - Plug ............................................................................ 100 Tab. 13: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 101 Tab. 14: Configuration M12 plug or M12 socket for analog I/Os ......................................................... 101 Tab. 15: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 102 Tab. 16: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 104 Tab. 17: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 104 Tab. 18: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 104 Tab. 19: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 104 Tab. 20: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 105 Tab. 21: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 105 Tab. 22: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 106 Tab. 23: Cable colors for open ended wires (color code acc. to DIN 47 100) ..................................... 106 Tab. 24: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 107 Tab. 25: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 108 Tab. 26: Overview Art. No. terminating resistor and blink plug ........................................................... 109 Tab. 27: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 110 Tab. 28: Initial conditions ..................................................................................................................... 111 Tab. 29: Art. Nos. of the Bus System Manuals .................................................................................... 112 Tab. 30: Resistance of the Cube67 DIO8/DI8 E TB Box housing materials to agressive media ........ 214

Page 288: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data

V 2.5 288

Legal Provisions

Exclusion of Liability

Murrelektronik GmbH has checked the contents of this technical documentation for conformity with the hardware and software described therein. Deviations can not be excluded in individual cases. For this reason, Murrelektronik excludes the warranty for the correctness of its contents and any liability for errors, in particular full conformity. The limitation of liability shall not apply if the cause for damage is attributable to willful intent and/or gross negligence, or for all claims arising from the Product Liability Law. Should a major contractual obligation be violated by criminal negligence, the liability of Murrelektronik GmbH shall be limited to damages that typically arise. Subject to technical changes and alternations in content. We advise that you check at regular intervals whether this documentation has been updated since corrections that may become necessary due to technical advances are included by Murrelektronik GmbH at regular intervals. We are gratefully for any suggestions for improvement. Copyright

It is prohibited to transfer or photocopy the documentation either in paper or in digital form, reuse or divulge its contents unless otherwise expressly permitted by Murrelektronik GmbH or in conjunction with the production of documentation for third-party products that contain products made by Murrelektronik GmbH. Violations will result in liability for damages. All rights reserved, in particular in the event of the award of patents or granting of utility models. Right of Use

Murrelektronik GmbH grants its customers a non-exclusive right revocable at any time and for an indefinite period of time to use this documentation to produce their own technical documentation. For this purpose, the documentation produced by Murrelektronik GmbH may be changed in parts, or amended, or copied ,and transferred to the customer's users as part of the customer's own technical documentation on paper or on electronic media. The customer shall then bear sole responsibility for the correctness of the contents of the technical documentation produced by him. If the technical documentation is integrated in part, or in full in the customer's technical documentation, the customer shall refer to the copyright of Murrelektronik GmbH. Furthermore, special attention shall be paid to compliance with the safety instructions. Although the customer is obliged to make reference to the copyright of Murrelektronik GmbH, provided the technical documentation of Murrelektronik GmbH is used, the customer shall market and/or use the technical documentation on his sole responsibility. The reason is that Murrelektronik GmbH has no influence on changes or applications of the technical documentation and even minor changes to the starting product or deviations in the intended applications may render incorrect the specifications contained in the technical documentation. For this reason, the customer is obliged to identify the technical documentation originating from Murrelektronik GmbH if and inasmuch as the documentation is changed by the customer. The customer shall be obliged to release Murrelektronik from the damage claims of third parties if the latter are attributable to any deficits in the documentation. This shall not apply to damages to the rights of third parties caused by deliberate or criminal intent. The customer shall be entitled to use the company brands of Murrelektronik GmbH exclusively for his product advertising, but only inasmuch as the products of Murrelektronik GmbH are integrated in the products marketed by the customer. The customer shall refer to the brands of Murrelektronik GmbH in an adequate manner if the brands of Murrelektronik GmbH were used.

Page 289: Technical Data manual for Cube67 and Cube67+ · Manual Cube67 and Cube67+ Technical Data V 2.5 3 System / Bus Node Modules Cube67 Bus Node Art. No. 56 501 Cube67 BN-P Art. No. 56

Murrelektronik GmbH|Falkenstraße 3, D-71570 Oppenweiler|P.O. Box 1165, D-71567 Oppenweiler

Phone +49 7191 47-0|Fax +49 7191 47-130|[email protected]|www.murrelektronik.com

The information in this manual has been compiled with the utmost care. Liability for the correctness, completeness and topicality

of the information is restricted to gross negligence.